Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Teleflex

Teleflex

tfx · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker tfx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Teleflex
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering Long-term  
Durable Growth

Innovation | Execution | Profitability

t

r

o

p

e

R

l

a

u

n

n

A

3

2

0

2

|

x

e

l

f

e

l

e

T

2023 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Highlights

From Continuing Operations (Dollars In Millions, Except Per Share Data) 

Net Revenues

2023 

$2,974.5

6.6% Increase

2020
$2,537.2

2021
$2,809.6

2022
$2,791.0

Research and Development

2023 

$154.4

0.4% Increase

2020
$119.7

2021
$130.8

2022
$153.8

Adjusted Earnings Per Share1

2023 

$13.52

3.5% Increase

2020
$10.67

2021
$13.33

2022
$13.06

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

2023 

$511.7

49.3% Increase

2020
$437.1

2021
$652.1

2022
$342.8

2023 
Revenues
by Geography

58% 
Americas

20% 
Europe, 
Middle East, 
and Africa

11% 
Asia 
Pacific

11% 
OEM

2023 
Revenues
by Product Profile

25% 
High- 
Growth

65% 
Durable 
Core

10% 
Other

¹  A table reconciling adjusted earnings per share to the most directly comparable GAAP measure can be found at the end of this Annual Report.

•  Our “high-growth” portfolio is spread across several business units, and includes UroLift™, MANTA™, EZ-IO™, Barrigel ™, and OnControl™, as well 

as hemostatic products, PICCS, and internal stapling. 

• Our “durable core” portfolio includes Teleflex products outside of the “high-growth” and “other” categories.

•  Our “other” category includes sales of respiratory products not included in the divestiture to Medline, as well as urology care products  
and revenues associated with the manufacturing and supply transition agreements we entered into in connection with the respiratory  
business divestiture.

Delivering Long-term Durable Growth

Innovation. Execution. Profitability.

Teleflex is delivering long-term durable growth by diligently executing our 
business strategy. This includes driving revenues, expanding our margins 
and earnings, optimizing our product portfolio, and advancing our corporate 
social responsibility and inclusivity initiatives. In the process, we are meeting or 
exceeding our growth targets, and we are generating increasing value for our 
shareholders, customers, and employees.

Innovation  
sets us apart in our market. 

Execution 
gives us a competitive 

Profitability
drives our continued growth.  

We bring differentiated medical 

advantage. We have an 

We continuously invest in our 

devices and technologies to regions  

established track record  

future – from R&D, to technology, 

around the globe, with a focus on 

for execution that cuts across  

to M&A – and we exercise  

providing value-added products 

our enterprise and brings a 

strong financial discipline, setting 

that can help improve patient 

powerful combination  

the stage for Teleflex to grow 

outcomes, reduce healthcare 

costs, and create efficiencies.

of speed, efficiency, and discipline 

steadily and predictably over  

to all of our business activities.

the long term. 

Teleflex has a strong and growing product portfolio that comprises many trusted names in medical technology,  
including Arrow™, Deknatel™, LMA™, Pilling™, Rüsch™, QuikClot™, UroLift™, and Weck™. Each of these brands holds a strong 

position within its market, founded on a reputation for delivering unique solutions and maintaining exceptional quality. 

Together, our brands help us to fulfill our core purpose of improving the health and quality of people's lives. 

1

Dear Shareholders

In 2023, Teleflex delivered 
steady growth across our 
global product categories, 
reflecting the strength of 
our diversified business 
model and the value of our 
commitment to flawless 
execution. We enter 2024 
firmly on track to achieve 
long-term durable growth.

Our 2023 Highlights:
•   We drove organic growth and innovation, 

including launching new products in multiple 
business areas, and marketing our existing High-
Growth products in new global markets. 

•   We executed our M&A plan, acquiring Palette Life 
Sciences AB and bringing its landmark Barrigel™ 
product to our Interventional Urology portfolio. 

•   We expanded gross margin by driving revenues, 

improving our product mix, maintaining our pricing 
discipline, and working to optimize our operations.

•   We continued to prioritize Corporate Social 

Responsibility (CSR), meeting new environmental 
benchmarks and enhancing our commitment to 
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion.

We made significant progress in executing the 
four tenets of our growth strategy, which include 
driving sustainable revenue growth, achieving 
margins and earnings expansion, optimizing our 
product portfolio, and advancing corporate social 
responsibility and an inclusive culture. The credit 
for our success belongs to our employees. Each 
day, Teleflex people around the world demonstrate 
a deep commitment to our corporate purpose of 
improving the health and quality of people’s lives. 

2

Teleflex     |     2023 Annual Report

Their efforts set our company apart in the global 
market, and we would like to thank each of our 
employees for a job well done. 

In 2023, we marked our  
80th anniversary, commemorating  
a proud history of growth  
and innovation.

Driving Sustainable Revenue Growth
As a foundation for our growth strategy, we have 
classified our products into three categories: High-
Growth, Durable Core, and Other. Our High-Growth 
products are in an early phase of market penetration 
and have an attractive long-term outlook. We are 
working to drive revenue by launching new High-
Growth products and by introducing existing 
products into new markets. In 2023, we launched the 
ultrasound-based Arrow™ VPS Rhythm™ DLX Device 
with TipTracker™ Technology and the NaviCurve™ 
Stylet. These advanced devices are assisting clinicians 
in accurate PICC placement, while expanding our 
presence in the PICC market. We also introduced 
The UroLift™ System in China, and we made notable 
progress in advancing several other High-Growth 
products and line extensions through the regulatory 
process. We further increased revenues by developing 

and marketing products in our Durable Core 
category, which include established devices in our 
Interventional, Vascular Access, Surgical, Anesthesia, 
and OEM businesses. 

to promote a diverse and inclusive culture, and 
in 2023, Teleflex was named to the Forbes Best 
Employers for Diversity, highlighting our deep 
commitment to this effort.

Achieve Margins and Earnings Expansion 
Our strategy for expanding margins and earnings 
includes driving revenue, implementing prudent 
pricing disciplines, and maintaining a balanced 
product mix. We also execute a range of cost 
improvement programs across our enterprise. 
Cost improvement is a continuous process that is 
embedded in our culture and relies on the efforts  
of every one of our employees. Over the past 
four years, we have generated cost savings by 
steadily improving our manufacturing processes 
to boost efficiency and decrease waste. In 2023, 
we continued these efforts, and we meaningfully 
reduced our utilities costs by using renewable 
energy sources.

Optimizing Our Product Portfolio 
One of the ways we optimize our product portfolio 
is by executing our M&A strategy. In 2023, we 
strengthened our Interventional Urology business 
by acquiring Palette Life Sciences. This acquisition 
brought us several new products, including 
Barrigel™ rectal spacer, a Non-Animal Stabilized 
Hyaluronic Acid (NASHA) spacer designed to 
increase tumor control and improve quality of life in 
patients with prostate cancer.2 We are committed 
to using our existing network of education, patient 
outreach, and clinical programs to promote 
Barrigel™ and to advance our leadership in the 
rapidly growing Interventional Urology market. 

Advancing Corporate Social Responsibility 
Our final strategic priority is to advance CSR and 
an inclusive culture. Our CSR accomplishments are 
outlined in our third Global Impact Report, which 
we published during 2023 and is available on our 
website. In addition to reviewing our CSR progress, 
the report establishes our program targets for 
the future. We also continue to take measures 

A Bright Future
We face a bright future. The global environment for 
healthcare largely stabilized in 2023, with medical 
utilization increasing in many world markets and 
hospital staffing rates improving. Overall supply chain 
pressures also began to ease year-over-year, and 
foreign exchange rates were favorable compared with  
2022. Looking ahead, market demographics remain 
strong for our industry. In most developed countries, 
the number of people over the age of 65 continues to 
grow, driving higher utilization of healthcare products. 

Teleflex is well prepared to excel in this environment. 
We have a strong and differentiated portfolio that is 
strategically diversified across products, healthcare 
sectors, and geographic regions. We have a highly 
experienced management team supported by a 
dedicated and motivated employee force. We have 
an established global infrastructure that positions us 
to manage a wide range of market challenges and 
efficiently meet customer demands. And we have 
a robust balance sheet, affording us the platform 
to maintain our M&A activities and pursue future 
growth. As we move ahead, we will work to leverage 
these strengths to accelerate our strategy to deliver 
long-term durable growth and to reward you—our 
valued shareholders—with increasing value.

Liam Kelly
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer

Thomas E. Powell
Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer

2  Mariados NF, Orio PF, Schiffman Z, et al. Hyaluronic acid spacer for hypofractionated prostate radiation therapy: a randomized 

clinical trial. JAMA Oncol. 2023; e1-e8.

3

Empowering the Future of Healthcare

At Teleflex, we are committed to the singular purpose of improving the health and 
quality of people's lives, and we are working to accomplish this by empowering the 
future of healthcare. This means doing everything we can to support our employees, 
our brands, and our customers to reach their full potential. With this as our goal, 
we continuously develop and refine our portfolio both through organic growth and 
strategic acquisitions. We also provide in-depth clinical education programs that 
empower medical professionals to apply our advanced products and technologies  
in the best and most effective ways.

Management Team

(Pictured from top left to bottom right) Daniel Price, Corporate Vice President, Commercial Finance; Jay White, 
Corporate Vice President and President, Global Commercial; Dominik Reterski, Corporate Vice President, Quality 
Assurance/Regulatory Affairs; Matt Tomkin, Corporate Vice President, Corporate Development; Howard Cyr, 
Corporate Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer; Daniel V. Logue, Corporate Vice President, General 
Counsel and Secretary; James Winters, Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain; Cameron 
Hicks, Corporate Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer; Karen Boylan, Corporate Vice President, 
Global Strategic Projects; Thomas E. Powell, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Liam Kelly, 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; Michelle Fox, Corporate Vice President and Chief Medical Officer;  
John Deren, Corporate Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

Acquiring Value-Added Assets
Acquisitions have been vital to our growth, strengthening Teleflex through the addition of select products, 

technologies, and professionals. In 2023, we acquired Palette Life Sciences and its portfolio of Non-Animal 
Stabilized Hyaluronic Acid (NASHA) products, including Barrigel™ rectal spacer, a NASHA spacer designed to 
reduce radiation delivered to the rectum during prostate cancer radiation therapy. This acquisition leverages 

our existing support platform – including education, patient outreach, and clinical programs – to bring 

differentiated technology to urologists, radiation oncologists, and related specialties while advancing our 

leadership in the Interventional Urology market.

4

Teleflex     |     2023 Annual Report

Innovating Breakthrough Products
Our longstanding commitment to innovation has yielded a broad portfolio of next-generation products, 

backed by a steady pipeline for the future. Our innovation progress in 2023 includes:

QuikClot Control+™ Hemostatic Device
A proprietary hemostatic technology specially formulated to control severe 
internal bleeding, the QuikClot Control+™ device has primarily been used in 
emergency, military, and trauma settings. In 2023, we received FDA clearance  

for clinicians to expand use of this product to control all bleeding in cardiac 

surgical procedures, including mild to moderate bleeding, and bone surface 

bleeding following sternotomy.

Arrow™ VPS Rhythm™ DLX Device and NaviCurve™ Stylet 
Released in 2023, our next-generation VPS Rhythm® DLX Device with TipTracker™ 
Technology uses ultrasound, eliminating the need for an X-ray to confirm proper 

placement. This helps clinicians to move seamlessly from ultrasound vessel 

assessment through PICC navigation, to final tip confirmation. When paired 
with the NaviCurve™ Stylet, which delivers innovative tip navigation and location 
technologies, this device enables more efficient and predictable PICC placement.3

Wattson™ Temporary Pacing Guidewire
The first commercially available bipolar temporary pacing guidewire designed 

specifically for use during balloon aortic valvuloplasty (BAV) and transcatheter 
aortic valve replacement (TAVR) procedures, the Wattson™ Temporary Pacing 
Guidewire is engineered to help reduce the risk of ventricular perforation 

while providing confidence in capture during rapid pacing. We received FDA 

clearance for this product in 2023.

Knowledge is Power 
Educating medical specialists on the safe and effective use of our products is a vital means of helping  
to improve patient outcomes. Our Clinical and Medical Affairs unit hosted a Teleflex Cadaver Lab that 
provided training on the EZ-IO™ System and QuikClot™ Hemostatic Dressing to trauma surgeons, 
emergency medicine physicians, nurses, and medics. In doing so, we received feedback from a paramedic 
who was able to put the training to use in the field.  The paramedic shared with us that, several days  
after attending the EZ-IO System training, he was called to attend to a one-year-old in cardiac arrest.  
Upon assessing the patient's condition, the paramedic utilized the EZ-IO, which was successful in gaining 
vascular access for administration of fluids and medications and in helping lead to the successful 
resuscitation of this patient.

3  D041679: IMH Benchtop Stylet Advancement in a Simulated Use Anatomical Model of NaviCurve™. Product Stylet/PICC Assemblies.

5

Improving the Health and Quality of People’s Lives

“ Teleflex employees come to work with the knowledge that they 
are changing lives for the better. From procuring raw material, 
to assembly, packaging, and distribution, we perform high-value 
activities that make a difference to our customers.” 

   James Winters, Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain

In 2023, raw materials shortages and supplier 
disruptions impacted our entire industry. Our team 
responded with agility, flexibility, and a commitment 
to flawless execution. Moreover, our business was 
exceptionally well prepared to meet these challenges 
as a result of our past investments. In 2022, we had 
embarked on a rigorous and comprehensive program 
to increase resilience across our supply chain. We 
developed a playbook that enabled us to assess 
the supply chain needs of each of our high-growth 
products, and we used this data to implement specific 
strategies to drive resilience, including leveraging 
our vertical integration capabilities, and exploring 
dual sourcing agreements with alternate suppliers. 
In 2023, the value of these efforts was clear. Despite 
the year's challenges, we not only maintained our 
same-day shipment policy, but we delivered the best 
fulfillment metrics in our history since becoming a 
pure-play medical device company. 

The credit for our success belongs to our highly 
engaged employees who truly set us apart in the 
marketplace. When some of our suppliers struggled 
with workforce shortages, we partnered with them, 
providing support until they were able to address 
these shortages. 

We are deeply committed to supporting our 
employees by providing a rewarding work 
environment. This includes excellent growth 
opportunities, training, and incentives, as well 
as diversity and inclusivity programs at all of our 
manufacturing and distribution sites, backed  
by a robust environmental platform. 

Another key factor in our success is our practice 
of staying ahead of our industry and anticipating 
customer needs. A prime example is our commitment 
to investing in analytics and automation. Analytics  
is a true differentiator for Teleflex that helps to 
prepare us for disruptions in the global supply chain 
and insulate our business from the impact of these 
disruptions. We use advanced technology to track 
shipments moving around the world in real-time 
and to accurately predict port congestion, enabling 
us to plan accordingly and provide exceptional 
customer service. We also continue to automate key 
manufacturing processes. In 2023, we developed 
the first iteration of a new state-of-the-art inspection 
system at one of our facilities that leverages artificial 
intelligence technology. 

We Don’t Ship Brown Boxes — We Improve the Health and Quality of People's Lives 
Our employees are our greatest asset, and we work hard to ensure they are united in fulfilling our 
purpose. In 2023, our Clinical and Medical Affairs team conducted a “Living Quality” training program  
in Chihuahua, Mexico for 299 Teleflex Supply Chain employees, walking them through the process  
of what happens when a surgeon opens one of the kits they produce. We demonstrated how the kits  
are used in a real situation and explained the function of each component, highlighting the consequences 
of missing or faulty devices. This exercise emphasized the importance of quality control and reinforced  
the value of our work. It also brought the words of our Supply Chain mantra and the Teleflex purpose to 
life: “We don’t ship brown boxes — we improve the health and quality of people’s lives.”

6

Teleflex     |     2023 Annual Report

“ We are making strategic investments in products, people, and 
operations that position Teleflex as a global leader in our market.” 

   Roger Graham, President and General Manager, Interventional

Our business excelled in 2023, despite supply chain disruptions that impacted our entire industry. We drew 
on Teleflex’s vertically integrated structure to meet market demand, and we collaborated with our global 
supply chain and operations functions to source new suppliers. As a result, we captured increased market 
share and converted several competitive accounts to Teleflex customers. In addition, our business generated 
exceptional year-over-year revenue growth, exceeding our expectations. We also continued to invest in our 
future. This included launching new products, and building our sales and marketing programs to attract 
top-tier professionals. As we move forward, we are working to strengthen our supply chain, optimize our 
portfolio, and create new operational efficiencies in order to ensure that Teleflex remains a preferred partner 
for interventional specialists worldwide.

“ Our success is built on the combined efforts of Teleflex employees  
around the globe who are united in their passion for our mission.”

   James Ferguson, President and General Manager, Surgical 

Our Surgical business includes two franchises – core and bariatrics – enabling us to offset challenges in any 
one area and deliver balanced performance. This structure proved to be a clear competitive advantage in 2023, 
when our bariatrics franchise was impacted by an industry-wide decline in procedure volume due to GLP1 drugs. 
While we maintained our competitive standing, our bariatrics performance remained in line with the market. 
However, our core franchise delivered strong results with the backing of a commitment to provide exceptional 
service to our customers. We leveraged our in-house procurement network in combination with our vertically 
integrated structure to meet customer demand and deliver exceptional performance. For 2024, we are working 
to strengthen our bariatrics franchise by producing relevant research, launching new products, and emphasizing 
execution. We are also implementing pricing and business optimization strategies that maximize the value  
of our overall portfolio. 

“ Teleflex is on the forefront of bringing protected catheters to the market,  
with advanced products and clinical education programs in every category.” 

  Lisa Kudlacz, President and General Manager, Vascular

We had a strong year in 2023, launching new products and developing a robust pipeline for the future. As clinical 
needs increase, the markets we serve are changing, and we are adapting our business accordingly. A prime 
example is our focus on helping hospitals to reduce catheter-related line infections. Teleflex is committed to 
continuous innovation of our line of protected catheters, ensuring we lead the effort to provide protected lines 
in every category we serve. Through an evolving combination of products and education, we are partnering 
with our customers to help minimize patient infections and navigate related challenges. In 2023, we advanced 
this goal, launching a new pressure injectable protected midline. We also continue to release PICC products 
that support patient safety, including our Arrow™ VPS Rhythm™ DLX Device with TipTracker™ Technology and the 
Arrow™ PICC NaviCurve™ Stylet, which integrates ultrasound to help enable accurate PICC placement.

7

Executing Our Growth Strategy

At Teleflex, our purpose is to improve the health and quality of people’s lives. We 
recognize that the only way we can deliver on this purpose is to drive growth that  
is strong, sustainable, and durable. Our commitment to this touches every aspect  
of our business, and it unites our 14,500 employees worldwide.

APAC
The vast and rapidly growing APAC market holds both diverse 

challenges and diverse opportunities. China, which accounts  

for more than one-third of our APAC business, experienced 

unique pressures in 2023, including a slow emergence from 

COVID-19 restrictions and government-regulated pricing 

pressure. Throughout the rest of Asia, regulatory bodies 

increased their data requirements, intensifying our approval 

processes for new products. Despite these hurdles, we 

outpaced many in our industry in 2023, posting 18% constant 

currency revenue growth compared with 2022. Moreover, this 

performance was broad based, with all six of our APAC regions 

meeting or exceeding plan for the first time in our history.  

We are committed to accelerating this momentum by executing 

the key tenets of our business plan, which include launching 

our High-Growth products in new regions, maintaining strict 

pricing discipline, implementing our direct market strategy  

in additional geographies, and investing in new clinical and 

sales training modules. In all of these activities, we will continue 

to emphasize the commitment to exceptional execution that  

is a Teleflex standard.

“ APAC is a powerful 
growth driver for Teleflex, 
and we are executing 
a clear and methodical 
strategy to increase  
our momentum.” 

  Praneet Mehrotra  
President, APAC

Together, we are engaged in a 

continuous effort to make Teleflex  

the most trusted partner in the  

global healthcare space. 

8

Teleflex     |     2023 Annual Report

EMEA
Businesses around the world experienced supply chain 

pressures in 2023, and EMEA was no exception. We also faced 

an increasingly intense regulatory environment, coupled with 

conflicts in Ukraine and Israel. Despite these challenges, we 

delivered exceptional results, posting steady growth compared 

with 2022. This reflected especially strong performance in our 

Vascular Access, Urology, and EMS Intraosseous businesses.  

In addition to these results, we continued to make a difference, 

responding to the global humanitarian crisis within the EMEA 

region by providing humanitarian organizations with our 

market-leading devices for emergency care. As we move 

into 2024, we are focused on delivering a premier customer 

experience. This includes leveraging our EMEA Customer 

Experience program to provide customers with access to 

our myteleflex.com self-help E-commerce portal, as well as 

increasing our commercial and clinical emphasis on our High-

Growth franchises. We also plan to launch several products  

and line extensions in key European markets, including Titan 
SGS™ and QuikClot Control+™.

“ Our growth is accelerating, 
driven by our extensive 
product portfolio and  
our teams of highly  
skilled commercial and 
functional professionals 
who share a true 
commitment to excellence.” 

   Matt James  
President, EMEA

OEM
In 2023, our OEM team skillfully managed global supply chain 

and staffing pressures, while expanding our customer base  

and delivering excellent results. This performance showcased  

the value of our commitment to staying in front of the needs  

of our market – a commitment that comes to life in our network  
of EPIC Medtec™ Centers. Our EPIC Medtec™ Centers employ a 
highly disciplined, data-driven development process that upholds 

strict standards of design for manufacturability. Relying on 
advanced technology, the experts in our EPIC Medtec™ Centers 
can go from concept to prototype in just hours, eliminating 

months of trial and effort. We intentionally design products that 

leverage Teleflex’s vertically integrated structure, enabling us  

to source materials internally and to control every facet of the 

development process, including assembly and distribution. The 

result is a predictable, cost-effective and efficient process that 

yields relevant, high-quality products. We move ahead with 

excitement. Customers are increasingly coming to Teleflex with 

large, transformational projects that require significant trust, and  

we believe there has never been a better time to operate in this 

space. We are committed to continuing to stay in front of our 

market and helping our customers achieve new capabilities.

“ We literally obsess over our 
customers’ projects. Our 
people truly understand 
the importance of what 
we do, and they are fully 
committed to executing 
every task with excellence.”  

   Greg Stotts  
President and General  
Manager, OEM

9

Investing in a Sustainable Future

Teleflex is a powerful global leader in the medical device industry with a broad 

portfolio of differentiated products and an abiding purpose to improve the health 

and quality of people’s lives. Our purpose comes to life through our Corporate 

Social Responsibility (CSR) program, which sets clear standards to quantify our 

impact in the areas of governance, sustainability, and society. Our commitment 

to CSR builds trust with our employees, patients, customers, and investors. 

Moreover, it improves our ability to manage risk and reduce costs, and it benefits 

the communities where we live and work.

Our CSR program is founded on four pillars, which provide a framework for us to set and 
achieve clear goals. These include:

Ethics & 
Governance 
including strong 

Planet & 
Environment 
based on our Zero 

business ethics and 

Harm vision, which 

exceptional compliance 

inspires us to make 

standards. These 

ecologically responsible 

principles influence  

business decisions, 

our interactions with  

from taking measures 

all of our constituents 

to reduce waste and 

and drive us to uphold 

minimize emissions, 

strict standards for 

to employing best 

security and privacy. 

practices for sustainable 

procurement. 

People
which ranges from 

providing meaningful 

professional development 

opportunities, to 

prioritizing employee 

health, to promoting 

diversity and inclusion. 

In 2023, Teleflex was 

once again named to the 

Forbes Best Employers 

for Diversity, validating 

our commitment to this 

vital issue. 

Community 
& Sustainable 
Healthcare 
including funding 

education and research 

programs that support 

clinicians and promote 

the most effective  

use of our products.  

We also conduct a 

range of philanthropic 

activities, and we provide 

humanitarian aid 

through several vehicles. 

10

Teleflex     |     2023 Annual Report

Our Core Values  
Our Core Values are centered around people, and they highlight 

the strengths that define Teleflex, including an entrepreneurial 

spirit, a dedication to building and maintaining trust, and a 

commitment to cultivating a fun work environment. We integrate 

our Core Values into everything we do, and they are a key element 

in our recruitment efforts, as well as our training, and employee 

recognition programs. Our deep commitment to our Core Values 

encourages our entire global employee team to “live” them in every 

interaction, at every one of our global sites, every day.

Board of Directors 

(Pictured from top left to bottom right) Jaewon Ryu, M.D.1, President and Chief Executive Officer, Geisinger; Stuart 
A. Randle1, 2, Retired Chief Executive Officer, Ivenix, Inc., Compensation Committee Chair; Andrew A. Krakauer1, 
Retired Chief Executive Officer, Cantel Medical Corp.; Neena M. Patil2, Chief Legal Officer and Executive Vice 
President, Legal and Corporate Affairs, Jazz Pharmaceuticals plc; John C. Heinmiller3, Retired Executive Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer, St. Jude Medical; Candace H. Duncan3, Retired Managing Partner, KPMG 
LLP, Audit Committee Chair; Liam Kelly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Teleflex Incorporated; 
Stephen K. Klasko, M.D.2, Retired President and Chief Executive Officer, Thomas Jefferson University and Jefferson 
Health, Lead Director of the Board and Nominating and Governance Committee Chair; Gretchen R. Haggerty3, 
Retired Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, United States Steel Corp. 

Board Committees: 1 Compensation, 2 Nominating and Governance, 3 Audit

11

Teleflex Chairman’s Award

The Teleflex Chairman's Award is given annually to select employees who are 

nominated by their peers for exemplifying our Core Values in the workplace.  

Our 2023 award winners are:

Alex Gordon, Director of R&D, Interventional Urology, Pleasanton, California 
Alex led the R&D team in developing improvements to the UroLift™ System. His innovative 
design approach yielded advances which the team quickly translated into highly functional 
prototypes that enabled users to evaluate and test real-world applications. In addition to 
providing exceptional leadership, Alex is recognized for motivating his employees to deliver 
top performance.

Divya Raman, Head of Medical Device Regulation (MDR), Maple Grove, Minnesota 
Divya was tasked with leading the Interventional Business Unit’s transition to the MDR 
compliance program. She developed and implemented a comprehensive plan that generated 
excellent results, and she introduced financial controls that significantly reduced the planned 
costs of this effort. Divya also took the initiative to establish MDR compliance training 
protocols, ensuring alignment across Teleflex.        

Kristi Flowers, Distribution Center Supervisor, NADC, Olive Branch, Mississippi   
Kristi demonstrated compassion and initiative by leading the effort to establish an accessibility  
program within NADC. This program encouraged individuals with disabilities to join Teleflex 
by removing barriers to entry and enabling accessible training and integration into the NADC 
team. What started as a one-person pilot program has expanded to encompass 14 individuals 
who are building careers at Teleflex while advancing our corporate mission.

Regional Diversity, Equity and Inclusion 
Council Chairs 

The Mechanical Circulatory Support  
Clinical (MCSC) Team

(Pictured from left to right) Shanté Demary  
(US & Canada), Ruby Liu (APAC), Sunny Sohal (EMEA), 
Israel Rinza (Latin America)

Each member of this team has demonstrated 
outstanding leadership skills in chairing our newly 
established Regional DEI Councils. These leaders  
have diligently promoted diversity, fostered creativity, 
and facilitated the sharing of best practices on a 
global scale. Their dedication has yielded tangible 
results, including marked improvements in gender 
diversity, expanded and meaningful Employee 
Resource Groups, and overwhelmingly positive 
feedback from employees.

12
12

Teleflex     |     2023 Annual Report

(Pictured from left to right) Michael Blunck, Julie Van  
Horn, Elizabeth “Jean” Pitner, Jamie Collins, Kacey Dee, 
Stephanie Mattingly, Robin Zappacosta, Taner Tunca, 
(Maple Grove, Minnesota, and Canada)

When market developments resulted in severe supply 
constraints, Teleflex became the sole supplier  
of life-saving intra-aortic balloon pumps. Our team 
quickly implemented a plan to support new customers 
through this crisis. We also drove growth, converting  
key customers to Teleflex accounts.   

Form 10K 
For the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2023

This page intentionally left blank. 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 or

For the transition period from                      to                      .
Commission file number 1-5353
_________________________________________________
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

23-1147939

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

550 East Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, Pennsylvania

(Address of principal executive offices)

19087

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (610) 225-6800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value 
$1.00 per share

TFX

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
_________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x     No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 
405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  such 
files).    Yes  x    No  ¨
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting 
company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and 
"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨   Smaller reporting company  ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨  ¨

Emerging growth company ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its 
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or 
issued its audit report.     ☒
If  securities  are  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(b)  of  the  Act,  indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  financial  statements  of  the  registrant 
included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐    

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  any  of  those  error  corrections  are  restatements  that  required  a  recovery  analysis  of  incentive-based 
compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b) ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ☐		  No  x
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant 23,278,479 shares on July 2, 2023 
(the  last  business  day  of  the  registrant’s  most  recently  completed  fiscal  second  quarter)  was $5,634,090,327(1). The  aggregate  market  value 
was computed by reference to the closing price of the Common Stock on such date, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

The registrant had 47,056,482 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 20, 2024.

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain provisions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement in connection with its 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 
120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

(1)  For  purposes  of  this  computation  only,  the  registrant  has  defined  “affiliate”  as  including  executive  officers  and  directors  of  the 
registrant  and  owners  of  more  than  five  percent  of  the  common  stock  of  the  registrant,  without  conceding  that  all  such  persons  are 
“affiliates” for purposes of the federal securities laws.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

BUSINESS

RISK FACTORS

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

CYBERSECURITY

PROPERTIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

PART II

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY 
SECURITIES

RESERVED
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

OTHER INFORMATION
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT 
INSPECTIONS

PART III

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND 
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PART IV

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Page

4

14

27

28

28

29

29

30

30

30

44

45

45

45

46

46

47

47

47

47

47

48

50

51

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 1C.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 9C.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.

Item 16.

SIGNATURES

2

 
 
Information Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

All statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-
looking  statements.  The  words  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “plan,”  “will,”  “would,” 
“should,”  “guidance,”  “potential,”  “continue,”  “project,”  “forecast,”  “confident,”  “prospects”  and  similar  expressions 
typically are used to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the then-current 
expectations,  beliefs,  assumptions,  estimates  and  forecasts  about  our  business  and  the  industry  and  markets  in 
which  we  operate.  These  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  are  subject  to  risks  and 
uncertainties, which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is 
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

changes in business relationships with and purchases by or from major customers or suppliers;

delays or cancellations in shipments;

demand for and market acceptance of new and existing products;

the  impact  of  inflation  and  disruptions  in  our  global  supply  chain  on  us  and  our  suppliers  (particularly  sole-
source  suppliers  and  providers  of  sterilization  services),  including  fluctuations  in  the  cost  and  availability  of 
resins  and  other  raw  materials,  as  well  as  certain  components,  used  in  the  production  or  sterilization  of  our 
products,  transportation  constraints  and  delays,  product  shortages,  energy  shortages  or  increased  energy 
costs, labor shortages in the United States and elsewhere, and increased operating and labor costs;

our inability to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, realize planned synergies and operate such 
businesses profitably in accordance with our expectations;

our inability to effectively execute our restructuring programs;

our inability to realize anticipated savings resulting from restructuring plans and programs;

the impact of enacted healthcare reform legislation and proposals to amend, replace or repeal the legislation;

changes in Medicare, Medicaid and third-party coverage and reimbursements;

the impact of tax legislation and related regulations;

competitive market conditions and resulting effects on revenues and pricing;

global  economic  factors,  including  currency  exchange  rates,  interest  rates,  trade  disputes,  sovereign  debt 
issues and international conflicts and hostilities, such as the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and 
in the Middle East;

public health epidemics and pandemics, such as COVID-19;

difficulties entering new markets; and

general economic conditions.

For a further discussion of the risks relating to our business, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K.  We  expressly  disclaim  any  obligation  to  update  these  forward-looking  statements,  except  as 
otherwise explicitly stated by us or as required by law or regulation.

3

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Teleflex Incorporated is referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” “Teleflex” and the “Company.”

THE COMPANY

Teleflex is a global provider of medical technology products that enhance clinical benefits, improve patient and 
provider safety and reduce total procedural costs. We primarily design, develop, manufacture and supply single-use 
medical devices used by hospitals and healthcare providers for common diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in 
critical  care  and  surgical  applications.  We  market  and  sell  our  products  to  hospitals  and  healthcare  providers 
worldwide  through  a  combination  of  our  direct  sales  force  and  distributors.  Because  our  products  are  used  in 
numerous markets and for a variety of procedures, we are not dependent upon any one end-market or procedure. 
Our  major  manufacturing  operations  are  located  in  the  Czech  Republic,  Malaysia,  Mexico  and  the  United  States 
(the "U.S.").

We  are  focused  on  achieving  consistent,  sustainable  and  profitable  growth  and  improving  our  financial 

performance by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies through:

•

•

•

•

•

development of new products and product line extensions;

investment in new technologies and broadening the application of our existing technologies;

expansion of the use of our products in existing markets and introduction of our products into new geographic 
markets;

achievement of economies of scale as we continue to expand by utilizing our direct sales force and distribution 
network  to  sell  new  products,  as  well  as  by  increasing  efficiencies  in  our  sales  and  marketing  organizations, 
research and development activities and manufacturing and distribution facilities; and

expansion  of  our  product  portfolio  through  select  acquisitions,  licensing  arrangements  and  business 
partnerships that enhance, expand or expedite our development initiatives or our ability to increase our market 
share. 

Our  research  and  development  capabilities,  commitment  to  engineering  excellence  and  focus  on  low-cost 
manufacturing enable us to bring to market cost effective, innovative products that improve the safety, efficacy and 
quality of healthcare. Our research and development initiatives focus on developing these products for both existing 
and new therapeutic applications, as well as developing enhancements to, and product line extensions of, existing 
products. Our portfolio of existing products and products under development consists primarily of Class I and Class 
II  medical  devices,  most  of  which  require  510(k)  clearance  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug Administration  ("FDA")  for 
sale in the U.S., and some of which are exempt from the requirement to obtain 510(k) clearance. We believe that 
seeking 510(k) clearance or qualifying for 510(k)-exempt status reduces our research and development costs and 
risks,  and  typically  results  in  a  shorter  timetable  for  new  product  introductions  as  compared  to  the  premarket 
approval,  or  PMA,  process  that  would  be  required  for  Class  III  medical  devices.  See  "Government  Regulation" 
below for additional information.

HISTORY AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Teleflex was founded in 1943 as a manufacturer of precision mechanical push/pull controls for military aircraft. 
From  this  original  single  market,  single  product  orientation,  we  expanded  and  evolved  through  entries  into  new 
businesses,  development  of  new  products,  introduction  of  products  into  new  geographic  or  end-markets  and 
acquisitions  and  dispositions  of  businesses.  Throughout  our  history,  we  have  continually  focused  on  providing 
innovative,  technology-driven,  specialty-engineered  products  that  help  our  customers  meet  their  business 
requirements.

Beginning  in  2007,  we  significantly  changed  the  composition  of  our  portfolio  of  businesses,  expanding  our 
presence in the medical device industry, while divesting all of our other businesses, which served the aerospace, 
automotive,  industrial  and  marine  markets.  Following  the  divestitures  of  our  marine  business  and  cargo  container 
and systems businesses in 2011, we became exclusively a medical device company.

In  2017,  we  completed  two  large  scale  acquisitions:  NeoTract,  Inc.  ("NeoTract")  and  Vascular  Solutions,  Inc. 
(“Vascular  Solutions”).  NeoTract  was  a  medical  device  company  that  developed  and  commercialized  the  UroLift 
System,  a  minimally  invasive  medical  device  for  treating  lower  urinary  tract  symptoms  due  to  benign  prostatic 

4

hyperplasia,  or  BPH.  Vascular  Solutions  was  a  medical  device  company  that  developed  and  marketed  clinical 
products for use in minimally invasive coronary and peripheral vascular procedures.

In 2021, we divested certain product lines within our global respiratory product portfolio to Medline Industries, 
Inc. (“Medline”) (the "Respiratory business divestiture"). We completed the initial phase of the Respiratory business 
divestiture on June 28, 2021. The second and final phase of the Respiratory business divestiture was completed in 
December 2023 with the transfer of certain additional manufacturing assets to Medline.

See "Our Products" below and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K for additional information.

We expect to continue to increase the size of our business through a combination of acquisitions and organic 
growth  initiatives.  In  addition,  we  may  identify  further  opportunities  to  expand  our  margins  through  strategic 
divestitures of existing businesses and product lines that no longer meet our objectives. 

Restructuring programs

We  continue  to  execute  our  footprint  realignment  and  other  restructuring  programs  designed  to  improve 
efficiencies  in  our  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  our  sales  and  marketing  and 
research  and  development  organizations.  See  Note  5  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

OUR SEGMENTS

We have four segments: Americas, EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa), Asia (Asia Pacific) and OEM 

(Original Equipment Manufacturer and Development Services).  

Each  of  our  three  geographic  segments  provides  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  medical  technology  products 
used by hospitals and healthcare providers. However, certain of our products are more heavily concentrated within 
certain  segments.  For  example,  most  of  our  urology  products  are  sold  by  our  EMEA  segment  and  most  of  our 
interventional urology products are sold by our Americas segment. Our product portfolio is described in the products 
section below.    

Our  OEM  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  supplies  devices  and  instruments  for  other  medical  device 
manufacturers.  Our  OEM  division,  which  includes  the  TFX  Medical  OEM,  TFX  OEM,  Deknatel  and  HPC  Medical 
brands,  provides  custom  extrusions,  micro-diameter  film-cast  tubing,  diagnostic  and  interventional  catheters, 
balloons and balloon catheters, film-insulated fine wire, coated mandrel wire, conductors, sheath/dilator introducers, 
specialized sutures and performance fibers, bioabsorbable sutures, yarns and resins. 

The  following  charts  depict  our  net  revenues  by  reportable  operating  segment  as  a  percentage  of  our  total 

consolidated net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

OUR PRODUCTS

Our  product  categories  within  our  geographic  segments  include  vascular  access,  anesthesia,  interventional, 
surgical, interventional urology, respiratory and urology. Each of these categories and the key products sold therein 

5

are described in more detail below.

Vascular Access: Our Vascular Access product category offers devices that facilitate a variety of critical care 
therapies  and  other  applications  with  a  focus  on  helping  reduce  vascular-related  complications.  These  products 
primarily  consist  of  our  Arrow  branded  catheters,  catheter  navigation  and  tip  positioning  systems  and  our 
intraosseous, or in the bone, access systems. 

Our catheters are used in a wide range of procedures, including the administration of intravenous therapies, the 
measurement of blood pressure and the withdrawal of blood samples through a single puncture site. Many of our 
catheters provide antimicrobial and antithrombogenic protection technology that has been shown to reduce the risk 
of  catheter  related  bloodstream  infections  and  microbial  colonization  and  thrombus  accumulation  on  catheter 
surfaces.

Our  intraosseous  access  systems  are  designed  for  the  delivery  of  medications  and  fluids  when  intravenous 
access  is  difficult  to  obtain  in  emergent,  urgent  or  medically  necessary  cases.  Our  products  offer  a  method  for 
vascular access that can be administered quickly and effectively in the hospital and pre-hospital environments and 
include the EZ-IO Intraosseous Vascular Access System and Arrow FAST1 Sternal Intraosseous Infusion System.

Interventional:  Our  Interventional  product  category  offers  devices  that  facilitate  a  variety  of  applications  to 
diagnose and deliver treatment of coronary and peripheral vascular disease. These products primarily consist of a 
variety  of  coronary  catheters,  structural  heart  support  devices,  peripheral  intervention  products  and  mechanical 
circulatory support platform used by interventional cardiologists, interventional radiologists and vascular surgeons. 
Clinical benefits of our products include increased vein and artery access, post-procedure closure, and increased 
support during complex medical procedures. Our primary product offerings consist of a portfolio of Arrow branded 
intra-aortic  balloon  pumps  and  catheters,  GuideLiner,  Turnpike  and  TrapLiner  catheters,  the  MANTA  Vascular 
Closure device and Arrow OnControl powered bone biopsy system. 

Anesthesia:  Our  Anesthesia  product  category  is  comprised  of  airway,  pain  management  and  hemostatic 

product lines that support hospital, emergency medicine and military channels. 

 Our airway management products and related devices are designed to enable use of standard and advanced 
anesthesia  techniques  in  both  pre-hospital  emergency  and  hospital  settings.  Our  key  products  include 
laryngoscopes,  supraglottic  airways,  endotracheal  tubes  and  atomization  devices,  which  are  branded  under  our 
LMA, Rusch and MAD trade names.

  Our  pain  management  product  line  includes  epidurals,  catheters  and  disposable  pain  pumps  for  regional 
anesthesia, designed to improve patients’ post-operative pain experience, which are branded under our Arrow trade 
name.

Our hemostatic products accelerate the body's natural clotting cascade and are used in trauma situations where 
bleeding is difficult to control. The portfolio consists  of  external hemostats used by first responders, interventional 
products  used  in  the  catheter  lab,  and  trauma  products  used  by  trauma  surgeons,  which  are  branded  under  our 
QuikClot trade name.

Surgical:  Our  Surgical  product  category  consists  of  single-use  and  reusable  devices  designed  for  use  in  a 
variety of surgical procedures. These products primarily consist of metal and polymer ligating clips, fascial closure 
surgical  systems  used  in  laparoscopic  surgical  procedures,  percutaneous  surgical  systems,  a  powered  bariatric 
stapler, and other surgical instruments used in Ear, Nose and Throat and Cardio-Vascular and Thoracic procedures. 
Our significant surgical brands include Weck, MiniLap, Pleur-Evac, Deknatel, KMedic, Pilling and Titan SGS. 

Interventional Urology: Our Interventional Urology product category includes the UroLift System, a minimally 
invasive  technology  for  treating  lower  urinary  tract  symptoms  due  to  benign  prostatic  hyperplasia,  or  BPH.  The 
UroLift  System  involves  the  placement  of  permanent  implants,  typically  through  a  transurethral  outpatient 
procedure,  that  hold  the  prostate  lobes  apart  to  relieve  compression  on  the  urethra  without  cutting,  heating  or 
removing prostate tissue. In 2023, we expanded our product portfolio with the acquisition of Palette Life Sciences 
AB  (“Palette”),  which  adds  a  portfolio  of  hyaluronic  acid  gel-based  products  primarily  utilized  in  the  treatment  of 
urological diseases, including Barrigel, a rectal spacing product used in connection with radiation therapy treatment 
of prostate cancer. Our Interventional Urology product portfolio is most heavily weighted in our Americas segment.

Respiratory:  Our  respiratory  products  are  used  in  a  variety  of  care  settings  and  primarily  consist  of 
humidification and oxygen therapy products. This product category previously included aerosol therapy, spirometry 

6

and ventilation management products, as well as certain other oxygen therapy products, all of which were included 
in the Respiratory business divestiture.

Urology: Our urology product portfolio provides bladder management for patients in the hospital and individuals 
in  the  home  care  markets. The  product  portfolio  consists  principally  of  a  wide  range  of  catheters  (including  Foley 
and  intermittent),  urine  collectors,  catheterization  accessories  and  products  for  operative  endourology,  which  are 
marketed under the Teleflex and Rusch brand names. Our urology product portfolio is most heavily weighted in our 
EMEA segment.

OUR MARKETS

We generally serve three end-markets: hospitals and healthcare providers, medical device manufacturers and 
home  care.  These  markets  are  affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  demographics,  utilization  and 
reimbursement  patterns.  The  following  charts  depict  the  percentage  of  net  revenues  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 derived from each of our end markets:

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We  are  subject  to  comprehensive  government  regulation  both  within  and  outside  the  U.S.  relating  to  the 

development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our products.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the U.S.

All of our medical devices manufactured or distributed in the U.S. are subject to requirements set forth by the 
Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic Act  (“FDC Act”)  and  regulations  promulgated  by  the  FDA  under  the  FDC Act, 
which are enforced by the FDA. The FDA and, in some cases, other government agencies administer requirements 
for  the  methods  used  in,  and  the  facilities  and  controls  used  for,  the  design,  manufacture,  packaging,  labeling, 
storage, installation, servicing, marketing, importing and  exporting of all finished devices intended for human use. 
Additional FDA requirements include premarket clearance and approval, advertising and promotion, distribution and 
post-market surveillance of our medical devices and establishment of registration and device listing for our facilities.

Unless an exemption, pre-amendment grandfather status (that is, medical devices legally marketed in the U.S. 
before May 28, 1976) or FDA enforcement discretion applies, each medical device that we market in the U.S. must 
first  receive  either  clearance  as  a  Class  I  or,  typically,  a  Class  II  device  (after  submitting  a  premarket  notification 
(“510(k)”)  or  approval  as  a  Class  III  device  (after  filing  a  premarket  approval  application  (“PMA”))  from  the  FDA 
pursuant  to  the  FDC  Act.  To  obtain  510(k)  clearance,  a  manufacturer  must  demonstrate  to  the  FDA  that  the 
proposed device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device (a 510(k)-cleared device, a pre-amendment 
device  for  which  FDA  has  not  called  for  PMAs  or  a  device  with  a  de  novo  authorization),  referred  to  as  the 
"predicate  device."  Substantial  equivalence  is  established  by  the  applicant  showing  that  the  proposed  device  has 
the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics or has been 
shown  to  be  equally  safe  and  effective  and  does  not  raise  different  questions  of  safety  and  effectiveness  as 
compared to the predicate device. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process requires regulatory competence to execute 
and  usually  takes  four  to  nine  months,  but  it  can  last  longer. A  device  that  is  not  eligible  for  the  510(k)  process 
because there is no predicate device may be reviewed by the FDA through the de novo process (the process for 

7

granting  marketing  authorization  when  no  substantially  equivalent  device  exists)  if  the  FDA  agrees  it  is  a  low  to 
moderate risk device. A device that is not exempt from premarket review and is not eligible for 510(k) clearance or 
de novo authorization is categorized as Class III and must follow the PMA approval pathway, which requires proof of 
the  safety  and  effectiveness  of  the  device  to  the  FDA’s  satisfaction. The  process  of  obtaining  PMA  approval  also 
requires  specific  regulatory  competence  and  is  more  costly,  lengthy  and  uncertain  than  the  510(k)  or  de  novo 
processes.  The  PMA  process  generally  takes  from  one  to  three  years  or  even  longer.  Our  portfolio  of  existing 
products and pipeline of potential new products consist primarily of Class I (510(k) exempt) and Class II devices that 
require 510(k) clearance, although a few are 510(k)-exempt. In addition, certain modifications made to devices after 
they receive clearance or approval may require a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA or PMA supplement. 
We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance or PMA approval will be obtained in a timely matter if at all for any device 
that we propose to market.

A  clinical  trial  is  almost  always  required  to  support  a  PMA  application  and  is  sometimes  required  for  a  510(k) 
clearance  or  a  de  novo  authorization.  The  sponsor  of  a  clinical  trial  must  comply  with  and  conduct  the  study  in 
accordance  with  the  applicable  federal  regulations,  including  the  FDA’s  requirements  for  investigational  device 
exemption  (“IDE”)  requirements  and  good  clinical  practice  (“GCP”).  Clinical  trials  must  also  be  approved,  and  are 
subject to continuing oversight, by an institutional review board ("IRB"), which is an appropriately constituted group 
that  has  been  formally  designated  to  review  biomedical  research  involving  human  subjects  and  which  has  the 
authority  to  approve,  require  modifications  to,  or  disapprove  research  to  protect  the  rights,  safety,  and  welfare  of 
human research subjects. The FDA may order the temporary or permanent hold or discontinuation of a clinical trial 
at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance 
with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial subjects. An IRB may also require the 
clinical trial to be halted at a given clinical trial site for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements or to adequately 
ensure the protection of human subjects, or may impose other conditions. Conducting medical device clinical trials 
is a complex and costly activity and frequently requires the use of outsourced resources that specialize in planning, 
conducting and/or monitoring the clinical trial for the medical device manufacturer.

A  device  placed  on  the  market  must  comply  with  numerous  regulatory  requirements.  Those  regulatory 

requirements include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

device listing and establishment registration;

adherence  to  the  Quality  System  Regulation  (“QSR”),  which  requires  stringent  design,  testing,  control, 
documentation, complaint handling and other quality assurance procedures;

labeling, including advertising and promotion, requirements;

unique  device  identifier  (“UDI”)  requirements  for  device  labels,  packaging,  and,  for  certain  reusable  devices, 
direct  marking  of  certain  reusable  devices  and  for  submission  of  information  to  FDA’s  Global  Unique  Device 
Identification Database (“GUDID”);

prohibitions against the promotion of off-label uses or indications;

adverse event and malfunction reporting (Medical Device Reports or "MDRs");

post-approval  restrictions  or  conditions,  potentially  including  post-approval  clinical  trials  or  other  required 
testing;

post-market surveillance requirements;

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby it can require or request the recall of products from the market; and

reporting and documentation of voluntary corrections or removals.

Certain of our medical devices are sold in kits that include a drug component, such as lidocaine. These types of 
kits  are  generally  regulated  as  combination  products  within  the  Center  for  Devices  and  Radiological  Health 
("CDRH") under the device regulations because the device provides the primary mode of action of the kit. Although 
the kit as a whole is regulated as a medical device, it may be subject to certain drug requirements such as current 
good  manufacturing  practices  (“cGMPs”)  and  adverse  drug  experience  reporting  requirements,  to  the  extent 
applicable to the drug-component repackaging activities and subject to inspection to verify compliance with cGMPs 
as well as other regulatory requirements.

Our manufacturing facilities, as well as those of certain of our suppliers, are subject to periodic and for-cause 
inspections  by  FDA  personnel  to  verify  compliance  with  the  QSR  (21  CFR  Part  820)  as  well  as  other  regulatory 
requirements.  Similar  inspections  and  audits  are  performed  by  Notified  Bodies  to  verify  compliance  to  applicable 

8

ISO  standards  (e.g.  ISO  13485:2016),  by  auditing  organizations  under  the  Medical  Device  Single Audit  Program 
("MDSAP")  applicable  to  regulatory  requirements  of  Australia,  Brazil,  Canada,  Japan  and  the  U.S.,  and/or  by 
regulatory authorities to verify compliance with medical device regulations and requirements from the countries in 
which we distribute product. If the FDA were to find that we or one or more of our suppliers have failed to comply 
with  applicable  regulations,  it  could  institute  a  wide  variety  of  enforcement  actions,  ranging  from  issuance  of  a 
warning  or  untitled  letter  to  more  severe  sanctions,  such  as  product  recalls  or  seizures,  civil  penalties,  consent 
decrees, injunctions, criminal prosecution, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, 
refusal  to  permit  importation  or  exportation,  refusal  to  grant,  or  delays  in  granting,  clearances  or  approvals  or 
withdrawal  or  suspension  of  existing  clearances  or  approvals.  The  FDA  also  has  the  authority  under  certain 
circumstances  to  request  repair,  replacement  or  refund  of  the  cost  of  any  medical  device  manufactured  or 
distributed by us. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on our business. 

Regulation of Medical Devices Outside of the U.S.

Medical  device  laws  also  are  in  effect  in  many  of  the  markets  outside  of  the  U.S.  in  which  we  do  business. 
These laws range from comprehensive device approval requirements for some or all of our products to requests for 
product data or certifications. Inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of device-related 
adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems. Manufacturing certification requirements and 
audits through the MDSAP program or other regulatory authority inspections also apply. In addition, the European 
Union (“EU”) has adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (the “EU MDR”), which imposes stricter requirements 
for the marketing and sale of medical devices as compared to the predecessor Medical Device Directive (the "EU 
MDD"),  including  in  the  area  of  clinical  evaluation  requirements,  quality  systems,  economic  operators  and  post-
market surveillance. The EU MDR went into effect in May 2021. As of the effective date, new and modified devices 
must  be  certified  under,  and  be  compliant  with,  the  EU  MDR.  Devices  that  previously  satisfied  EU  MDD 
requirements  can  continue  to  be  marketed  in  the  EU,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  until  the  expiration  of  their 
current EU MDD certifications, originally to be no later than May 2024, but certain EU MDR requirements went into 
effect  for  such  devices  in  May  2021.  In  February  2023,  the  European  Parliament  and  Council  approved  an 
amendment  to  extend  the  EU  MDR  certification  deadline  for  currently  marketed  devices  past  May  2024,  with 
December  2027  as  the  new  deadline  for  highest-risk  devices  and  December  2028  for  lower-risk  devices.  We  will 
need to obtain new certifications under the EU MDR for medical devices previously authorized under the EU MDD. 
As a result, Teleflex will incur expenditures in connection with the new registration of medical devices that previously 
had been registered under the MDD. Failure to obtain EU MDR certifications prior to the expiration of existing EU 
MDD  certifications  may  limit  our  ability  to  sell  certain  products  in  the  EU  until  EU  MDR  certification  is  obtained. 
Failure  to  meet  the  applicable  EU  MDR  requirements  could  adversely  impact  our  business  in  the  EU  and  other 
regions that tie their product registrations to the EU requirements.

Healthcare Laws

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws in the U.S. targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare 
industry. These laws prohibit us from, among other things, soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration 
to induce the referral or use of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally or state 
financed  healthcare  programs.  Violations  of  these  laws  are  punishable  by  imprisonment,  criminal  fines,  civil 
monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, we are subject to 
federal and state false claims laws in the U.S. that prohibit the submission of false payment claims under Medicare, 
Medicaid or other federally or state funded programs. Certain marketing practices, such as off-label promotion, and 
violations of federal anti-kickback laws may also constitute violations of these laws.

In  addition,  we  are  subject  to  various  federal  and  state  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  related  to  the 
healthcare  industry.  Rules  issued  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  &  Medicaid  Services  ("CMS")  require  us  to  collect 
and  report  information  on  payments  or  transfers  of  value  to  physicians,  physician  assistants,  nurse  practitioners, 
clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists, certified nurse-midwives and teaching hospitals, as 
well as investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The reported data is available 
to the public on the CMS website. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties. In 
addition,  several  states  now  require  medical  device  companies  to  report  expenses  relating  to  the  marketing  and 
promotion of device products and to report gifts and payments to individual physicians in these states. Other states 
prohibit  various  other  marketing-related  activities.  The  federal  government  and  certain  other  states  require  the 
posting  of  information  relating  to  clinical  studies  and  their  outcomes.  The  shifting  commercial  compliance 
environment  and  the  need  to  build  and  maintain  robust  and  expandable  systems  to  comply  with  the  different 
compliance  and/or  reporting  requirements  among  a  number  of  jurisdictions  increases  the  possibility  that  a 

9

healthcare  company  may  violate  one  or  more  of  the  requirements,  resulting  in  increased  compliance  costs  that 
could adversely impact our results of operations.

Further,  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Care  and  Education 
Reconciliation  Act  (collectively,  the  “Affordable  Care  Act”),  imposes  regulatory  mandates  and  other  measures 
designed  to  contain  the  cost  of  healthcare,  in  addition  to  annual  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  on  device 
manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. Violations of these 
laws are punishable by a range of fines, penalties and other sanctions.

Other Regulatory Requirements

We  are  also  subject  to  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  similar  anti-bribery  laws  applicable  in 
jurisdictions outside the U.S. that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from improperly offering or 
paying  anything  of  value  to  non-U.S.  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business. 
Because  of  the  predominance  of  government-sponsored  healthcare  systems  around  the  world,  most  of  our 
customer  relationships  outside  of  the  U.S.  are  with  government  entities  and  are  therefore  subject  to  such  anti-
bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world 
that have experienced government corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with 
anti-bribery  laws  may  conflict  with  local  customs  and  practices.  In  the  sale,  delivery  and  servicing  of  our  medical 
devices and software outside of the U.S., we must also comply with various export control and trade embargo laws 
and  regulations,  including  those  administered  by  the  Department  of  Treasury’s  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control 
(“OFAC”) and the Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) which may require licenses or 
other authorizations for transactions relating to certain countries and/or with certain individuals identified by the U.S. 
government. Despite our global trade and compliance program, our internal control policies and procedures may not 
always  protect  us  from  reckless  or  criminal  acts  committed  by  our  employees,  distributors  or  other  agents. 
Violations  of  these  requirements  are  punishable  by  criminal  or  civil  sanctions,  including  substantial  fines  and 
imprisonment.

COMPETITION

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many companies, ranging from small start-
up enterprises to companies that are larger and more established than us and have access to significantly greater 
financial  resources.  Furthermore,  extensive  product  research  and  development  and  rapid  technological  advances 
characterize  the  market  in  which  we  compete.  We  must  continue  to  develop  and  acquire  new  products  and 
technologies for our businesses to remain competitive. We believe that we compete primarily on the basis of clinical 
superiority and innovative features that enhance patient benefit, product reliability, performance, customer and sales 
support, and cost-effectiveness. 

SALES AND MARKETING

Our  product  sales  are  made  directly  to  hospitals,  healthcare  providers,  distributors  and  to  original  equipment 
manufacturers  of  medical  devices  through  our  own  sales  forces,  independent  representatives  and  independent 
distributor networks.

BACKLOG

Most of our products are sold to hospitals or healthcare providers on orders calling for delivery within a few days 
or  weeks,  with  longer  order  times  for  products  sold  to  medical  device  manufacturers.  Therefore,  our  backlog  of 
orders is not indicative of revenues to be anticipated in any future 12-month period.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

We  own  a  portfolio  of  patents,  patents  pending  and  trademarks.  We  also  license  various  patents  and 
trademarks. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods based upon the date of patent filing or grant 
and  the  legal  term  of  patents  in  the  various  countries  where  patent  protection  is  obtained. Trademark  rights  may 
potentially extend for longer periods of time and are dependent upon national laws and use of the marks. All product 
names throughout this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, us or our subsidiaries. Although these 
have been of value and are expected to continue to be of value in the future, we do not consider any single patent 
or trademark, except for the Teleflex name and the Arrow and UroLift brands, to be essential to the operation of our 
business.

10

SUPPLIERS AND MATERIALS

Materials  used  in  the  manufacture  and  sterilization  of  our  products  are  purchased  from  a  large  number  of 
suppliers in diverse geographic locations. We are not dependent on any single supplier for a substantial amount of 
the materials used, the components supplied and the sterilization services provided for our overall operations. Most 
of  the  materials,  components  and  sterilization  services  we  utilize  are  available  from  multiple  sources,  and  where 
practical, we attempt to identify alternative suppliers. However, our ability to establish alternate sources of supply of 
materials  and  sterilization  services  may  be  delayed  due  to  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authority  requirements 
regarding  the  manufacture  and  sterilization  of  our  products.  Volatility  in  commodity  prices,  and  freight  costs,  can 
have a significant impact on the cost of producing and supplying certain of our products.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We are engaged in both internal and external research and development. Our research and development efforts 
support our strategic objectives to provide innovative new, safe and effective products that enhance clinical value by 
reducing infections, improving patient and clinician safety, enhancing patient outcomes and enabling less invasive 
procedures. 

We  also  acquire  or  license  products  and  technologies  that  are  consistent  with  our  strategic  objectives  and 

enhance our ability to provide a full range of product and service options to our customers.

SEASONALITY

Portions of our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations. Incidence of flu and other disease patterns and, to 
to  single-use 
lesser  extent, 

a 
products. Historically, we have experienced higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of these factors.

frequency  of  elective  medical  procedures  affect  revenues  related 

the 

HUMAN CAPITAL

As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  employed  approximately  14,500  employees,  including  4,000  employees  in  the 
U.S. and 10,500 employees in 34 other countries around the world. Our global supply chain employees make up 
54% of the total employee population and are located primarily in Mexico, Malaysia and the Czech Republic. Our 
commercial  organization  comprises  27%  of  the  global  employee  base. The  remaining  19%  of  employees  work  in 
various corporate functions, based in each of our locations. 

We believe our employees are a significant differentiating factor and play a critical role in our ability to deliver on 
our commitments to patients and execute our strategy to our customers and shareholders. Our management team 
places  significant  focus  and  attention  on  matters  affecting  our  people,  particularly  our  commitment  to  our  Core 
Values, capability development, total rewards and diversity, as well as how each employee experiences our culture. 

Culture

The culture of our organization is critical to the human capital we attract, develop and retain and who, in turn, 
contribute to the results and success of our organization. Our culture is framed by our Core Values – building trust, 
entrepreneurial spirit and making our workplace fun, with people at the center of all we do. We strive to develop and 
sustain  our  culture  by  embedding  these  values  in  all  aspects  of  our  organization,  including  our  human  capital 
strategies. 

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion

At Teleflex, our Core Values define our company, shape our culture, guide our business practices, and direct the 
way  we  interact  with  our  stakeholders.  Rooted  in  our  Core  Values,  diversity,  equity,  and  inclusion  (DEI)  plays  an 
essential  role  in  fulfilling  our  company  core  purpose  to  improve  the  health  and  quality  of  peoples’  lives.  Through 
embedding the principles of DEI into our activities, decisions, governance, innovations, and culture, we contribute to 
the achievement of accessible, equitable and sustainable healthcare for all. 

DEI initiatives in Teleflex are supported by our Global DEI Council, composed of senior leadership from across 
the organization, and our four Regional DEI Councils in each of our U.S. & Canada, Latin America, EMEA, and Asia 
Pacific regions. The Regional DEI Councils are representative of employees from all levels, functions, and regions, 
acting as a guiding hub of perspectives and experiences to enrich the importance of DEI in Teleflex.

Within  our  Regional  DEI  Councils,  each  of  our  Employee  Resources  Groups  (ERGs)  are  represented  by  a 
member of their leadership committee to share the progress, knowledge, and initiatives from their respective ERG. 

11

Our ERG footprint extends to each of our four regions, providing our people with employee-driven communities that 
focus on initiatives such as supporting working parents and caregivers, coordinating mentorship and development 
opportunities,  promoting  cultural  awareness  and  understanding,  and  connecting  employees  with  shared 
experiences, interests or backgrounds. 

We  continue  our  efforts  to  cultivate  a  diverse  workforce  that  reflects  the  communities  in  which  we  work  and 
serve. These efforts are supported through engaging and partnering with local organizations, educational institutions 
and recruiting firms for a variety of opportunities in Teleflex including vacancies, co-op placements and internships. 
In  partnering  with  local  organizations,  we  are  better  able  to  address  how  we  can  best  serve  and  support 
marginalized populations in our communities.

We collect and regularly review several measures of diversity within our global workforce. Some illustrative and 

notable highlights of our new hires from the January to December 2023 period are as follows:

At 55%, females made up the majority of our new hires globally;

•
• Of the 3,812 total global hires, 44% were aged 20-29, followed by 28% aged 30-39 and 15% aged 40-49; and
•

In  the  US,  approximately  50%  of  our  new  hires  represented  minority  ethnicities  including  Black  (24%), Asian 
(12%), and Hispanic (9%).

Talent Management, Development and Learning 

We  are  committed  to  providing  our  employees  with  opportunities  for  growth,  development,  and  career 
advancement  and  to  building  a  high-performance  culture  that  supports  our  Core  Values  throughout  the  employee 
lifecycle. We have a clear talent management process that provides regular coaching check-ins between employees 
and their managers to review the employee’s developmental objectives and career progression. We also regularly 
review our talent portfolio and succession plans to ensure we can deliver on our company strategy.

In  addition,  we  offer  a  number  of  internal  educational  and  training  resources  to  employees  throughout  our 
organization. Among these resources is the Teleflex Academy, a curriculum that provides learning opportunities for 
our  employees  to  further  develop  their  skills  and  receive  training  across  broad  subject  areas  such  as  leadership; 
communications; diversity, equity, and inclusion; sales; customer service; and business acumen. 

Total Rewards

Our  commitment  to  our  employees  is  to  provide  fair,  equitable  and  competitive  compensation  and  benefits 
packages to all employees globally, regardless of gender, age or ethnicity. To that end we continuously review and 
calibrate  employee  roles  and  responsibilities  to  ensure  we  are  offering  equal  pay  for  equal  work,  and  we  actively 
manage  our  global  compensation  and  benefit  programs  to  ensure  we  can  attract  and  retain  the  critical  human 
capital we need to continue to deliver on our commitments to employees, customers, patients and shareholders. We 
believe  our  compensation  and  benefits  offering  is  aligned  to  competitive  market  pay  levels  and,  along  with  our 
culture  and  Core  Values,  acts  to  incentivize  the  right  behaviors  and  actions  to  achieve  the  best  results  for  the 
organization. We structure our compensation to include a mix of pay components of base salary, short-term cash 
incentives  and  long-term  incentives.  We  offer  employees  health,  welfare  and  retirement  benefits  and  have 
implemented  policies  addressing  paid  time  off,  flexible  work  schedules,  employee  assistance,  parental  leave  and 
family benefits, among others. 

In 2021 and 2023, we performed an in-depth pay equity analysis on the pay practices within our organization. 
As  part  of  that  analysis  on  our  compensation  programs,  no  systemic  gender  bias  was  identified  and  within  the 
United  States,  no  systemic  ethnicity  bias  was  identified.  We  continue  to  explore  where  we  can  expand  our  pay 
equity  analyses  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  We  conduct  pay  equity  analyses  on  a  regular,  periodic 
basis to ensure we continue to align to our commitments and Core Values.

Environmental, Health and Safety

Our Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) vision is to protect the safety and health of Teleflex personnel and 
the  environments  in  which  we  operate.  We  have  a  vested  interest  in  protecting  our  most  valuable  assets  –  our 
employees. Everyone is a steward of EHS, fostering a culture of being actively responsible in all our operations. We 
remain fully committed to complying with all relevant EHS legislation and to achieving our vision. We have and will 
continue  to  expend  resources  to  construct,  maintain,  operate,  and  improve  our  facilities  across  the  globe  for 
environmental,  health,  safety  and  sustainability  of  our  operations  for  the  protection  and  benefit  of  our  employees 
and others. Further, we understand that our environment is both complex and delicate, and we prioritize managing 
and limiting the impact our business has on the environment as part of our Zero Harm Culture. As we continue to 

12

review  our  commitments  to  environmental  sustainability,  we  have  initiated  programs  to  track  and  lower  our 
consumption of energy, water and gas as well as reduce waste and the use of hazardous materials. In addition, we 
have  developed  an  EHS  program  focused  in  the  areas  of  training  our  personnel  with  respect  to,  deploying  and 
auditing global EHS standards as well as other programs to engage our employees on EHS initiatives.

ENVIRONMENTAL

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside the U.S. Our operations, 
like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, 
primarily  in  manufacturing  and  sterilization  processes.  While  we  continue  to  devote  resources  to  compliance  with 
existing  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  we  cannot  ensure  that  our  costs  of  complying  with  current  or  future 
environmental  protection,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations,  including,  without  limitation,  those  related  to 
climate change, will not exceed our estimates or will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Further,  we  cannot  ensure  that  we  will  not  be  subject  to 
environmental  claims  for  personal  injury  or  cleanup  in  the  future  based  on  our  past,  present  or  future  business 
activities.

INVESTOR INFORMATION

We  are  subject  to  the  reporting  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
“Exchange  Act”).  Therefore,  we  file  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and 
information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

You can access financial and other information about us in the Investors section of our website, which can be 
accessed at www.teleflex.com. We make available through our website, free of charge, copies of our annual report 
on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed 
with or furnished to the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable 
after  electronically  filing  or  furnishing  such  material  to  the  SEC. The  information  on  our  website  is  not  part  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. The reference to our website address is intended to be an inactive textual reference 
only.

We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1943. Our executive offices are located at 550 East Swedesford 

Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087.

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The  names  and  ages  of  our  executive  officers  and  the  positions  and  offices  held  by  each  such  officer  are  as 

follows:

Name
Liam J. Kelly

Thomas E. Powell

Cameron P. Hicks
Daniel V. Logue

Jay White

James Winters

Age
57

62

59
50

50

51

Positions and Offices with Company
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Corporate Vice President, Human Resources and Communications
Corporate Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Corporate Vice President and President, Global Commercial

Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain

Mr. Kelly has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2018 and has been Chairman of 
our Board of Directors since May 2020. From May 2016 to December 31, 2017, Mr. Kelly served as our President 
and  Chief  Operating  Officer.  From  April  2015  to  April  2016,  he  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief 
Operating  Officer.  From  April  2014  to  April  2015,  Mr.  Kelly  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  President, 
Americas. From June 2012 to April 2014 Mr. Kelly served as Executive Vice President and President, International. 
He  also  has  held  several  positions  with  regard  to  our  EMEA  segment,  including  President  from  June  2011  to 
June  2012,  Executive  Vice  President  from  November  2009  to  June  2011,  and  Vice  President  of  Marketing  from 
April  2009  to  November  2009.  Prior  to  joining Teleflex,  Mr.  Kelly  held  various  senior  level  positions  with  Hill-Rom 
Holdings,  Inc.,  a  medical  device  company,  from  October  2002  to  April  2009,  serving  as  its  Vice  President  of 
International Marketing and R&D from August 2006 to February 2009.

Mr.  Powell  has  been  our  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  February  2013.  From 
March 2012 to February 2013, Mr. Powell was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He joined Teleflex 

13

in  August  2011  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Global  Finance.  Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  Powell  served  as  Chief 
Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer  of  Tomotherapy  Incorporated,  a  medical  device  company,  from  June  2009  until 
June  2011.  In  2008,  he  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Textura  Corporation,  a  software  provider.  From 
April 2001 until January 2008, Mr. Powell was employed by Midway Games, Inc., a software provider, serving as its 
Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer  from  September  2001  until  January  2008. 
Mr. Powell has also held leadership positions with Dade Behring, Inc., PepsiCo, Bain & Company, Tenneco Inc. and 
Arthur Andersen & Company.

Mr.  Hicks  has  been  our  Corporate  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  and  Communications  since April  2013. 
Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  Hicks  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  of  Human  Resources  &  Organizational 
Effectiveness  for  Harlan  Laboratories,  Inc.,  a  private  global  provider  of  pre-clinical  and  non-clinical  research 
services, from July 2010 to March 2013. From April 1990 to January 2010, Mr. Hicks held various leadership roles 
with MDS Inc., a provider of products and services for the development of drugs and the diagnosis and treatment of 
disease,  including  Senior  Vice  President  of  Human  Resources  for  MDS’  global  Pharma  Services  division  from 
November 2000 to January 2010.

Mr.  Logue  has  been  our  Corporate  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  since  January  2021.  Mr. 
Logue joined Teleflex in 2004 and previously held the positions of Deputy General Counsel from February 2017 to 
December 2020, Associate General Counsel from March 2013 to January 2017 and Assistant General Counsel from 
June  2004  to  February  2013.  Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  Logue  was  an  associate  at  the  law  firm  of  Pepper 
Hamilton LLP (now Troutman Pepper Hamilton Sanders LLP) from September 1999 to June 2004.

Mr.  White  has  been  our  Corporate  Vice  President  and  President,  Global  Commercial  since  February  2021. 
From February 2017 to January 2021, Mr. White served as our President, The Americas, and from December 2013 
to January 2017 he served as President and General Manager, Vascular. From January 2013 to November 2013, 
Mr. White served as our President and General Manager, Surgical. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President 
and General Manager, Surgical from January 2010 to December 2012. Mr. White joined Teleflex in March 2005 as 
our  Director  of  Marketing,  North America.  Prior  to  joining  Teleflex,  Mr.  White  worked  at  Covidien  plc  (now  part  of 
Medtronic plc) where he held senior leadership positions in sales and marketing over a five-year period.

Mr. Winters has been our Corporate Vice President, Manufacturing and Supply Chain since February 2020. He 
previously  held  the  position  of  Vice  President,  Global  Manufacturing  from  March  2018  to  January  2020.  Prior  to 
joining Teleflex, Mr. Winters held various senior management and operational roles with the DePuy Synthes division 
of  Johnson  &  Johnson,  a  healthcare  company,  from  August  2005  to  February  2018.  Most  recently,  Mr.  Winters 
served as Vice President of Global Manufacturing for Global Joint Reconstruction for DePuy Synthes from February 
2015  to  February  2018.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Winters  served  as  Plant  Manager  for  the  DePuy  Synthes  Ireland 
Manufacturing Operation.

Our officers are elected annually by our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider 
the  following  factors  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations,  cash  flows  or  stock  price.  The  risks  below  are  not  the  only  risks  we  face.  Additional  risks  and 
uncertainties  not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  may  also  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition, results of operations or stock price.

Risks Relating to our Business and Operations

We  face  strong  competition.  Our  failure  to  successfully  develop  and  market  new  products  could 

adversely affect our business.

The medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many domestic and foreign medical device 
companies  ranging  from  small  start-up  enterprises  that  might  sell  only  a  single  or  limited  number  of  competitive 
products or compete only in a specific market segment, to companies that are larger and more established than us, 
have  a  broad  range  of  competitive  products,  participate  in  numerous  markets  and  have  access  to  significantly 
greater  financial  and  marketing  resources  than  we  do.  We  also  face  competition  from  providers  of  alternative 
medical therapies, such as pharmaceutical companies.

In  addition,  the  medical  device  industry  is  characterized  by  extensive  product  research  and  development  and 
rapid technological advances. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to design and 

14

manufacture new products and enhance existing products. Our product development efforts may require us to make 
substantial  investments.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  successfully  develop  new  products, 
enhance existing products or achieve market acceptance of our products, due to, among other things, our inability 
to:

•

identify viable new products;

• maintain sufficient liquidity to fund our investments in research and development and product acquisitions;

•

•

•

obtain adequate intellectual property protection;

gain market acceptance of new products; or

successfully obtain regulatory approvals.

In  addition,  our  competitors  currently  may  be  developing,  or  may  develop  in  the  future,  products  that  provide 
better features, clinical outcomes or economic value than those that we currently offer or subsequently develop. Our 
failure to successfully develop and market new products or enhance existing products, and to compete successfully 
with others in the medical device industry, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.

Our  customers  depend  on  third  party  coverage  and  reimbursements,  and  the  failure  of  healthcare 
programs  to  provide  sufficient  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  our  medical  products  could  adversely 
affect us.

The  ability  of  our  customers  to  obtain  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  our  products  is  important  to  our 
business.  Demand  for  many  of  our  existing  and  new  medical  products  is,  and  will  continue  to  be,  affected  by  the 
extent to which government healthcare programs and private health insurers reimburse our customers for patients’ 
medical  expenses  in  the  countries  where  we  do  business.  Even  when  we  develop  or  acquire  a  promising  new 
product,  demand  for  the  product  may  be  limited  unless  reimbursement  approval  is  obtained  from  private  and 
government  third  party  payors.  Internationally,  healthcare  reimbursement  systems  vary  significantly.  In  some 
countries,  medical  centers  are  constrained  by  fixed  budgets,  regardless  of  the  volume  and  nature  of  patient 
treatment.  Other  countries  require  application  for,  and  approval  of,  government  or  third  party  reimbursement. 
Without  both  favorable  coverage  determinations  by,  and  the  financial  support  of,  government  and  third  party 
insurers,  the  market  for  many  of  our  medical  products  would  be  adversely  affected.  In  this  regard,  we  cannot  be 
sure that third party payors will maintain the current level of coverage and reimbursement to our customers for use 
of  our  existing  products. Adverse  coverage  determinations,  including  reductions  in  the  amount  of  reimbursement, 
could harm our business by discouraging customers’ selection of, and reducing the prices they are willing to pay for, 
our products.

In  addition,  as  a  result  of  their  purchasing  power,  third  party  payors  have  implemented  and  are  continuing  to 
implement  cost  cutting  measures  such  as  seeking  discounts,  price  reductions  or  other  incentives  from  medical 
products  suppliers  and  imposing  limitations  on  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  medical  technologies  and 
procedures. These trends could compel us to reduce prices for our products and could cause a decrease in the size 
of the market or a potential increase in competition that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

We are subject to extensive government regulation, which may require us to incur significant expenses 
to ensure compliance. Our failure to comply with those regulations could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our  products  are  medical  devices  and  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  in  the  U.S.  by  the  FDA  and  by 
comparable government agencies in other countries. The regulations govern, among other things, the development, 
design,  clinical  testing,  premarket  clearance  and  approval,  manufacturing,  labeling,  importing  and  exporting  and 
sale and marketing of many of our products. Moreover, these regulations are subject to future change. 

In the U.S., before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, or significant modification 
to, an existing product, we generally must first receive either 510(k) clearance or de novo authorization or approval 
of  a  premarket  approval  application,  or  PMA,  from  the  FDA.  Similarly,  most  major  markets  for  medical  devices 
outside  the  U.S.  also  require  clearance,  approval,  authorization  or  compliance  with  certain  standards  before  a 
product  can  be  commercially  marketed.  In  the  EU,  the  EU  MDR  went  into  effect  in  May  2021  and  includes 
significant  additional  pre-  and  post-market  requirements.  The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearances  and 
approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA and certain foreign government authorities, can be 
costly and time consuming, and clearances and approvals might not be granted for new products on a timely basis, 

15

if  at  all.  In  addition,  once  a  device  has  been  cleared  or  approved,  a  new  clearance  or  approval  may  be  required 
before the device may be modified or its labeling changed. Furthermore, the FDA or a foreign government authority 
may  make  its  review  and  clearance  or  approval  process  more  rigorous,  which  could  require  us  to  generate 
additional  clinical  or  other  data,  and  expend  more  time  and  effort,  in  obtaining  future  product  clearances  or 
approvals. The regulatory clearance and approval process may result in, among other things, delayed realization of 
product revenues, substantial additional costs or limitations on indicated uses of products, any one of which could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Even  after  a  product  has 
received marketing approval or clearance, such product approval or clearance can be withdrawn or limited due to 
unforeseen  problems  with  the  device  or  issues  relating  to  its  application,  or  the  FDA  or  a  foreign  government 
authority  may  change  the  classification  of  a  product,  which  could  require  additional  clinical  studies  and  new 
marketing submissions.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could lead to adverse effects on our business, which could include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

partial suspension or total shutdown of manufacturing;

product shortages;

delays in product manufacturing;

warning or untitled letters;

fines or civil penalties;

delays in or restrictions on obtaining new regulatory clearances or approvals;

withdrawal or suspension of required clearances, approvals or licenses;

product seizures or recalls;

injunctions;

criminal prosecution;

advisories or other field actions;

operating restrictions; and

prohibitions against exporting of products to, or importing products from, countries outside the U.S.

We could be required to expend significant financial and human resources to remediate failures to comply with 
applicable regulations and quality assurance guidelines. In addition, civil and criminal penalties, including exclusion 
under Medicaid or Medicare, could result from certain regulatory violations. Any one or more of these events could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Medical devices are cleared or approved for one or more specific intended uses and performance claims must 
be  adequately  substantiated.  Promoting  a  device  for  a  use  outside  of  the  cleared  or  approved  intended  use  or 
population,  that  is,  an  off-label  use,  or  making  false,  misleading  or  unsubstantiated  claims  could  result  in 
government enforcement action.

Furthermore,  our  facilities  are  subject  to  periodic  inspection  by  the  FDA  and  other  federal,  state  and  foreign 
government authorities, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including 
the  FDA’s  QSR,  which  requires,  among  other  things,  periodic  audits,  design  controls,  quality  control  testing  and 
documentation procedures, as well as complaint evaluations and investigation. In addition, any facilities assembling 
kits  that  include  drug  components  and  are  registered  as  drug  repackaging  establishments  are  also  subject  to 
current  good  manufacturing  practices  requirements  for  drugs.  The  FDA  also  requires  the  reporting  of  certain 
adverse events and product malfunctions and requires the reporting of certain recalls or other field safety corrective 
actions for medical devices. Issues identified through such inspections and reports may result in FDA enforcement 
action through any of the actions discussed above. Moreover, issues identified through such inspections and reports 
may require significant resources to resolve.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws, regulation and enforcement; our failure to comply 

with those laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the 
governments of those states and foreign countries in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our 
ability to operate include:

16

•

•

•

•

the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute, which, among other things, prohibits persons from knowingly and 
willfully offering or paying remuneration, one purpose of which is to induce either the referral of an individual for, 
or  the  purchase,  order  or  recommendation  of,  any  good  or  service  for  which  payment  may  be  made  under 
federal  healthcare  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  or  soliciting  payment  for  such  referrals, 
purchases, orders and recommendations;

federal false claims laws which, among other things, prohibit individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or 
causing  to  be  presented,  false  or  fraudulent  claims  for  payment  from  the  federal  government,  including 
Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors;

the  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and Accountability Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”),  which  prohibits  schemes  to 
defraud any healthcare benefit program and false statements relating to healthcare matters; and

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may 
apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other government regulations, we may 
be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our 
operations,  the  exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  and  state  healthcare  programs  and  imprisonment  of 
personnel, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk 
of  our  being  found  to  have  violated  these  laws  is  increased  by  the  fact  that  many  of  them  have  not  been  fully 
interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations.

Further, the Affordable Care Act, through the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, imposes annual reporting and 
disclosure  requirements  on  device  manufacturers  for  any  “transfer  of  value”  made  or  distributed  to  physicians  or 
teaching  hospitals,  physician  assistants,  nurse  practitioners,  clinical  nurse  specialists,  certified  registered  nurse 
anesthetists  (including  anesthesiology  assistants)  and  certified  nurse-midwives. The  reported  information  is  made 
publicly available in a searchable format. In addition, device manufacturers are required to report and disclose any 
ownership  or  investment  interests  held  by  physicians  and  their  immediate  family  members  during  the  preceding 
calendar  year.  Failure  to  submit  required  information  may  result  in  civil  monetary  penalties  for  each  payment, 
transfer of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission, up to an aggregate of 
$150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”).

There  are  also  certain  states,  including  Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  and  Vermont,  that  require  device 
manufacturers  to  track  and  report  payments  or  transfers  of  value  provided  to  certain  health  care  providers  and 
health care entities. In addition, some states, such as California, Connecticut, Nevada and Massachusetts, mandate 
implementation of compliance programs that include restrictions on certain interactions and items of value that may 
be provided to health care providers, as well as the tracking and reporting of certain items of value, compensation 
for consulting and other services, and other remuneration to healthcare providers. Further, we are subject to a law in 
Vermont that imposes a ban on providing certain items of value and payments to health care providers. The shifting 
commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply 
with  the  different  compliance  and/or  reporting  requirements  among  a  number  of  jurisdictions  increases  the 
possibility  that  we  may  inadvertently  violate  one  or  more  of  the  requirements,  resulting  in  increased  compliance 
costs that could adversely impact our results of operations.

We  may  not  be  successful  in  achieving  expected  operating  efficiencies  and  sustaining  or  improving 
operating  expense  reductions,  and  may  experience  business  disruptions  associated  with  restructuring, 
facility consolidations, realignment, cost reduction and other strategic initiatives.

Over  the  past  several  years  we  have  implemented  a  number  of  restructuring,  realignment  and  cost  reduction 
initiatives, including facility consolidations, organizational realignments and reductions in our workforce, and we may 
engage in similar efforts in the future. While we have realized some efficiencies from these initiatives, we may not 
realize the benefits of these or future initiatives to the extent we anticipated. Further, such benefits may be realized 
later than expected, and the ongoing difficulties in implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated, 
which could cause us to incur additional costs or result in business disruptions. In addition, if these measures are 
not  successful  or  sustainable,  we  may  be  compelled  to  undertake  additional  restructuring,  realignment  and  cost 
reduction efforts, which could result in significant additional charges. Moreover, if our restructuring, realignment and 
cost  reduction  efforts  prove  ineffective,  our  ability  to  achieve  our  strategic  and  business  plan  goals  may  be 
adversely affected.

As part of our efforts to increase operating efficiencies, we have implemented a number of initiatives over the 
past several years to consolidate our enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. In addition, we currently are in 

17

the  early  stages  of  a  multi-year  phased  conversion  to  upgrade  our  global  ERP  system  to  mitigate  the  risks 
associated  with  our  vendor's  planned  end  of  support  for  the  current  version  of  our  existing  ERP  system.  This 
conversion will represent a substantial undertaking and require the investment of significant personnel and financial 
resources. To date, we have not experienced any significant disruptions to our business or operations in connection 
with these initiatives. However, as we continue our efforts to upgrade and further consolidate our ERP systems, we 
could experience business disruptions, which could adversely affect customer relationships and divert the attention 
of management away from daily operations. In addition, any delays in the implementation of these initiatives could 
cause us to incur additional unexpected costs. Should we experience such difficulties, our business, cash flows and 
results of operations could be adversely affected.

Disruptions  in  sterilization  of  our  products  or  regulatory  initiatives  further  restricting  the  use  of 
ethylene  oxide  in  sterilization  facilities  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.

Many  of  our  products  require  sterilization  prior  to  sale.  A  common  method  for  sterilizing  medical  products 
involves the use of ethylene oxide, which is listed as a hazardous air pollutant under the Clean Air Act, as amended, 
and  emissions  of  which  are  regulated  by  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency  ("EPA")  and  other  regulatory 
authorities. Companies in the sterilization industry may face private litigation that could result in financial difficulties 
that could ultimately make it difficult or undesirable for such companies to continue in the sterilization business. In 
addition,  sterilization  activities  are  subject  to  substantial  governmental  oversight  and  attention  that  could  disrupt 
their  operations.  One  of  our  contract  sterilizers,  Sterigenics  U.S.,  LLC,  uses  ethylene  oxide  in  its  sterilization 
process,  including  at  its  facilities  in  Smyrna,  Cobb  County,  Georgia  and  Santa  Teresa,  New  Mexico,  which  have 
sterilized  some  of  our  vascular,  surgical,  intermittent  catheter  and  OEM  products.  In  recent  years,  Sterigenics' 
operations  at  both  its  Smyrna  and  Santa  Teresa  facilities  have  been  subject  to  legal  proceedings  related  to  the 
facilities'  use  of  ethylene  oxide  in  their  sterilization  operations.  While  both  plants  are  currently  operating  normally, 
should  their  operations  be  suspended  or  adversely  affected,  our  ability  to  provide  affected  products  to  our 
customers could be impaired if we are unable to utilize alternate facilities and sources for sterilization services.

In  addition,  in  2019,  the  attorneys  general  of  15  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia  sent  a  letter  to  the  EPA 
urging that the EPA promptly propose and finalize stricter standards for ethylene oxide emissions. Subsequently, the 
EPA  solicited  information  and  comments  from  the  public  on  proposed  revisions  to  regulations  regarding  ethylene 
oxide emissions and collected information from commercial sterilizers about ethylene oxide sterilization processes 
and  emissions.  In  April  2023,  the  EPA  released  a  proposed  rule  under  the  Clean  Air  Act  that  would  require 
commercial  sterilizers  to  install  pollution  control  equipment  to  reduce  ethylene  oxide  emissions  and  implement 
methods to continuously monitor emissions and report results to the EPA. According to the terms of an August 2023 
consent decree entered by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, the EPA must issue the final rule by 
March 1, 2024, and contract sterilizers are anticipated to have 18 months to come into compliance. Failure of our 
contract sterilizers to achieve compliance with the final rule by the deadline would significantly impair our ability to 
provide sufficient quantities of sterilized products to our customers and compel us to seek sterilization alternatives 
that do not entail the use of ethylene oxide. We cannot assure that we would be able to identify such alternatives. In 
the  event  we  were  to  experience  any  disruptions  in  our  ability  to  sterilize  our  products,  whether  due  to  capacity 
constraints  or  regulatory  or  other  impediments  (including,  among  other  things,  regulatory  initiatives  directed 
generally to sterilization facilities that utilize ethylene oxide), or we are unable to transition to alternative facilities in a 
timely or cost effective manner in the event one or more of the facilities we use is affected, we could experience a 
material adverse impact with respect to our results of operations and financial condition.

A  significant  portion  of  our  U.S.  revenues  is  derived  from  sales  to  distributors,  and  “destocking” 

activity by these distributors can adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

A  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  in  the  U.S.  is  derived  from  sales  to  distributors,  which,  in  turn,  sell  our 
products to hospitals and other health care institutions. From time to time, these distributors may decide to reduce 
their levels of inventory with regard to certain of our products, a practice we refer to as “destocking.” A distributor's 
decision  to  reduce  inventory  levels  with  respect  to  our  products  may  be  based  on  a  number  of  factors,  such  as 
distributor expectations regarding demand for a particular product, distributor buying decisions (including decisions 
to  purchase  competing  products),  changes  in  distributor  policies  regarding  the  maintenance  of  inventory  levels, 
economic conditions and other factors. Following such instances of reduced purchases, distributors may revert to 
previous purchasing levels; nevertheless, we cannot assure that distributors will, in fact, increase purchases of our 
products in this manner. A decline in the level of product purchases by our U.S. distributors in the future could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  revenues  and  results  of  operations  during  a  reporting  period,  and  an  extended 
decline in such product purchases could have a longer term material adverse effect.

18

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability and warranty claims, as well as 
product  recalls,  any  of  which  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition. 
Furthermore, our reputation as a medical device company may be damaged if one or more of our products 
are, or are alleged to be, defective.

Our  businesses  expose  us  to  potential  product  liability  risks  related  to  the  design,  manufacture,  labeling  and 
marketing of our products. In particular, our medical device products are often used in surgical and intensive care 
settings  for  procedures  involving  seriously  ill  patients.  In  addition,  many  of  our  products  are  designed  to  be 
implanted  in  the  human  body  for  varying  periods  of  time.  Product  defects  or  inadequate  disclosure  of  product-
related risks with respect to products we manufacture or sell could result in patient injury or death. Product liability 
and warranty claims often involve very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive damages. The magnitude 
of  potential  losses  from  product  liability  lawsuits  may  remain  unknown  for  substantial  periods  of  time,  and  the 
related legal defense costs may be significant. We could experience material warranty or product liability losses in 
the future and incur significant costs to defend these claims.

In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be, defective, we may voluntarily conduct, or be required 
by  regulatory  authorities  to  conduct,  a  recall  of  that  product.  In  the  event  of  a  recall,  we  may  lose  sales  and  be 
exposed  to  individual  or  class-action  litigation  claims.  Moreover,  negative  publicity  regarding  a  quality  or  safety 
issue,  whether  accurate  or  inaccurate,  could  harm  our  reputation,  decrease  demand  for  our  products,  lead  to 
product  withdrawals  or  impair  our  ability  to  successfully  launch  and  market  our  products  in  the  future.  Product 
liability, warranty and recall costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows.

Volatility  in  domestic  and  global  financial  markets  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of  operations, 

financial condition and liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions. The 
economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets that occurred several years ago led to recessionary conditions 
and  depressed  levels  of  consumer  and  commercial  spending,  resulting  in  reductions,  delays  or  cancellations  of 
purchases of our products and services. We cannot predict the duration or extent of any economic recovery or the 
extent  to  which  our  customers  will  return  to  more  typical  spending  behaviors.  The  continuation  in  a  number  of 
markets of weak economic growth, constricted credit, public sector austerity measures in response to public budget 
deficits and foreign currency volatility, particularly with respect to the euro, could have a material adverse effect on 
our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

Although  we  maintain  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  to  cover  the  estimated  losses  which  may  occur  when 
customers cannot make their required payments, we cannot assure that the loss rate will not increase in the future 
given  the  volatility  in  the  worldwide  economy.  If  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  insufficient  to  address 
receivables we ultimately determine are uncollectible, we would be required to incur additional charges, which could 
materially adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, our inability to collect outstanding receivables could 
adversely affect our financial condition and cash flow from operations.

In  addition,  adverse  economic  and  financial  market  conditions  may  result  in  future  impairment  charges  with 
respect  to  our  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  which  would  not  directly  affect  our  liquidity  but  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our reported financial results.

Our  strategic  initiatives,  including  acquisitions,  may  not  produce  the  intended  growth  in  revenue  and 

operating income, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our  strategic  initiatives  include  making  significant  investments  designed  to  achieve  revenue  growth  and  to 
enable us to meet or exceed margin improvement targets. If we do not achieve the expected benefits from these 
investments or otherwise fail to execute on our strategic initiatives, we may not achieve the growth improvement we 
are targeting, and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

In  addition,  as  part  of  our  strategy  for  growth,  we  have  made,  and  may  continue  to  make,  acquisitions  and 
divestitures and enter into strategic alliances such as joint ventures and joint development agreements. However, 
we  may  not  be  able  to  identify  suitable  acquisition  candidates,  complete  acquisitions  or  integrate  acquisitions 
successfully, and our joint ventures or strategic alliances may not prove to be successful. In this regard, acquisitions 
involve  numerous  risks,  including  difficulties  in  the  integration  of  acquired  operations,  technologies,  services  and 
products  and  the  diversion  of  management’s  attention  from  other  business  concerns.  Moreover,  the  products  and 
technologies that we acquire may not be successful or may require us to devote significantly greater development, 
marketing  and  other  resources,  as  well  as  significantly  greater  investments,  than  we  anticipated.  We  could  also 

19

experience  negative  effects  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  from  acquisition-related  charges, 
amortization  of  intangible  assets,  asset  impairment  charges  and  other  matters  that  could  arise  in  connection  with 
the acquisition of a company or business, including matters related to internal control over financial reporting and 
regulatory  compliance,  as  well  as  the  short-term  effects  of  increased  costs  on  results  of  operations. Although  our 
management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular transaction, there can be no assurance 
that  we  will  identify  all  such  risks  or  the  magnitude  of  the  risks.  In  addition,  prior  acquisitions  have  resulted,  and 
future  acquisitions  could  result,  in  the  incurrence  of  substantial  additional  indebtedness  and  expenditures.  Future 
acquisitions  may  also  result  in  potentially  dilutive  issuances  of  equity  securities.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that 
difficulties  encountered  in  connection  with  acquisitions  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with certain of our completed acquisitions, we have agreed to pay consideration that is contingent 
upon the achievement of specified objectives, such as receipt of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product 
or  achievement  of  sales  targets.  As  of  the  acquisition  date,  we  record  a  contingent  liability  representing  the 
estimated  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  we  expect  to  pay.  On  a  quarterly  basis,  we  reassess  these 
obligations  and,  in  the  event  our  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  changes,  we  record 
increases or decreases in the fair value as an adjustment to operating earnings, which could have a material impact 
on our results of operations. As of December 31, 2023, we accrued $39.5 million of contingent consideration related 
to  completed  business  combinations,  most  of  which  related  to  Standard  Bariatrics  Inc.  and  Palette.  In  addition, 
actual payments may differ materially from the amount of the contingent liability, which could have a material impact 
on  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  liquidity.  For  information  regarding  assumptions  related  to  our 
contingent  consideration  liabilities,  see  “Critical Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates”  under  Item  7,  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.  For  additional  information  regarding  our  acquisitions,  see  Note  4  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by public health epidemics 

or pandemics, as occurred with respect to the recent COVID-19 epidemic and pandemic.

We  are  subject  to  risks  associated  with  public  health  threats,  such  as  the  recent  COVID-19  epidemic  and 
pandemic.  As  with  COVID-19,  such  events  could  significantly  impact  economic  activity  and  markets  around  the 
world and, as a result, have negative effects on our operations, financial performance and cash flows. Such effects 
would depend on various factors, including, but not limited, to: the occurrence, spread, duration and severity of any 
outbreaks;  governmental,  business  and  individuals’  actions  that  may  be  taken  in  response  to  an  epidemic  or 
pandemic  (including  restrictions  on  travel,  transport  and  workforce  pressures,  and  deferrals  or  postponements  of 
elective  procedures);  the  impact  of  such  a  crisis,  and  actions  taken  in  response  thereto,  on  global  and  regional 
economies,  travel  and  economic  activity;  the  availability  of  federal,  state,  local  or  non-U.S.  funding  programs; 
general economic uncertainty in key global markets and financial market volatility; global economic conditions and 
levels of economic growth; and the timing and pace of recovery as such a crisis subsides, which could be impacted 
by  a  number  of  factors,  including  limited  provider  capacity  to  perform  procedures  using  our  products  that  were 
deferred as a result of the epidemic or pandemic.

These  and  other  impacts  of  epidemics  or  pandemics  could  have  the  effect  of  heightening  many  of  the  other 
risks described herein. We might not be able to predict or respond to all impacts on a timely basis to prevent near- 
or long-term adverse impacts to our results. However, these effects could have an adverse impact on our liquidity, 
capital resources, operations and business and those of the third parties on which we rely, and such impact could 
be material.

Health care reform may have a material adverse effect on our industry and our business.

Political, economic and regulatory developments have effected fundamental changes in the healthcare industry. 
The Affordable  Care Act  substantially  changed  the  way  health  care  is  financed  by  both  government  and  private 
insurers.  It  also  encourages  improvements  in  the  quality  of  health  care  products  and  services  and  significantly 
impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical and medical device industries. Among other things, the Affordable Care Act:

•

•

established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct 
comparative clinical effectiveness research;

implemented  payment  system  reforms,  including  a  national  pilot  program  to  encourage  hospitals,  physicians 
and other providers  to improve the coordination, quality  and efficiency of certain health care services through 
bundled payment models; and

20

•

created  an  independent  payment  advisory  board  that  will  submit  recommendations  to  reduce  Medicare 
spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

We cannot predict at this time the full impact of the Affordable Care Act or other healthcare reform measures 
that  may  be  adopted  in  the  future  on  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  In  this  regard, 
several legislative initiatives to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act were proposed, but not adopted in 2017. 
However, U.S. tax legislation adopted in December 2017 and commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
("TCJA")  eliminated  the  individual  mandate  under  the  Affordable  Care  Act,  which  has  resulted  in  increased 
uncertainty  regarding  insurance  premium  prices  for  participants  in  insurance  exchanges  under  the  act,  and  may 
have other effects. While several recent legal challenges to the Affordable Care Act have been unsuccessful, further 
challenges  may  be  mounted  in  the  future.  The  nature  and  effect  of  any  modification  or  repeal  of,  or  legislative 
substitution  for,  the  Affordable  Care  Act,  or  any  court  decision  regarding  the  act's  validity,  is  uncertain,  and  we 
cannot  predict  the  effect  that  any  of  these  events  would  have  on  the  longer-term  viability  of  the  act,  or  on  our 
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.

We  have  significant  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities,  research  and  development  facilities,  sales 
personnel and customer support operations in a number of countries outside the U.S., including Belgium, the Czech 
Republic, Ireland, Malaysia and Mexico. In addition, a significant portion of our non-U.S. revenues are derived from 
sales  to  third  party  distributors.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  72%  of  our  full-time  employees  were  employed  in 
countries  outside  of  the  U.S.,  and  58%  of  our  net  property,  plant  and  equipment  was  located  outside  the  U.S.  In 
addition,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  37%,  36%  and  37%,  respectively,  of  our  net 
revenues (based on the Teleflex entity generating the sale) were derived from operations outside the U.S.

Our international operations are subject to risks inherent in doing business outside the U.S., including:

exchange controls, currency restrictions and fluctuations in currency values;

trade  protection  measures,  tariffs  and  other  duties,  especially  in  light  of  trade  disputes  between  the  U.S.  and 
several foreign countries, including China;

potentially costly and burdensome import or export requirements;

laws and business practices that favor local companies;

changes in foreign medical reimbursement policies and procedures;

subsidies or increased access to capital for firms that currently are or may emerge as competitors in countries in 
which we have operations;

substantial  non-U.S.  tax  liabilities,  including  potentially  negative  consequences  resulting  from  changes  in  tax 
laws;

restrictions and taxes related to the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings;

differing labor regulations;

additional U.S. and foreign government controls or regulations;

the impact of the United Kingdom's departure from the European Union, commonly referred to as "Brexit";

public health epidemics;

difficulties in the protection of intellectual property; and

unsettled political and economic conditions and possible terrorist attacks against American interests.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

In  addition,  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices Act  (the  “FCPA”)  prohibits  companies  and  their  intermediaries 
from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Similar anti-
bribery  laws  are  in  effect  in  several  foreign  jurisdictions.  The  FCPA  also  imposes  accounting  standards  and 
requirements  on  publicly  traded  U.S.  corporations  and  their  foreign  affiliates,  which,  among  other  things,  are 
intended  to  prevent  the  diversion  of  corporate  funds  to  the  payment  of  bribes  and  other  improper  payments  to 
government  officials,  and  to  prevent  the  establishment  of  “off  the  books”  slush  funds  from  which  such  improper 
payments can be made. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored health care systems around the 
world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with government entities and are therefore subject 
to  such  anti-bribery  laws.  Our  policies  mandate  compliance  with  these  anti-bribery  laws.  However,  we  operate  in 
many  parts  of  the  world  that  have  experienced  government  corruption  to  some  degree.  Despite  meaningful 
measures  that  we  undertake  to  facilitate  lawful  conduct,  which  include  training  and  compliance  programs  and 
internal  control  policies  and  procedures,  we  may  not  always  prevent  reckless  or  criminal  acts  by  our  employees, 

21

distributors or other agents. In addition, we may be exposed to liability due to pre-acquisition conduct of employees, 
distributors or other agents of businesses or operations we acquire. Violations of anti-bribery laws, or allegations of 
such  violations,  could  disrupt  our  operations,  involve  significant  management  distraction  and  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We also could be subject to 
severe penalties and other adverse consequences, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement, substantial 
expenditures  related  to  further  enhancements  to  our  procedures,  policies  and  controls,  personnel  changes  and 
other remedial actions, as well as harm to our reputation.

Furthermore,  we  are  subject  to  the  export  controls  and  economic  embargo  rules  and  regulations  of  the  U.S., 
including  the  Export  Administration  Regulations  and  trade  sanctions  against  embargoed  countries,  which  are 
administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as other laws 
and  regulations  administered  by  the  Department  of  Commerce.  These  regulations  limit  our  ability  to  market,  sell, 
distribute  or  otherwise  transfer  our  products  or  technology  to  prohibited  countries  or  persons.  While  we  train  our 
employees  and  contractually  obligate  our  distributors  to  comply  with  these  regulations,  we  cannot  assure  that  a 
violation will not occur, whether knowingly or inadvertently. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations may 
result in substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines and the disgorgement of profits, the imposition of a 
court-appointed  monitor,  the  denial  of  export  privileges  and  debarment  from  participation  in  U.S.  government 
contracts,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  international  operations  or  on  our  business, 
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Additionally,  in  connection  with  the  ongoing  conflict  between  Russia  and  Ukraine,  the  U.S.  government  has 
imposed  enhanced  export  controls  on  certain  products  and  sanctions  on  certain  industry  sectors  and  parties  in 
Russia. Although  our  sales  into  Russia  did  not  constitute  a  material  portion  of  our  total  revenue  in  2023,  further 
escalation  of  geopolitical  tensions,  including  as  a  result  of  the  imposition  of  additional  economic  sanctions,  could 
have  a  broader  impact  that  expands  into  other  markets  where  we  do  business,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
business and/or our supply chain, business partners or customers in the broader region.

Foreign  currency  exchange  rate,  commodity  price  and  interest  rate  fluctuations  may  adversely  affect 

our results.

We  are  exposed  to  a  variety  of  market  risks,  including  the  effects  of  changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates,  commodity  prices  and  interest  rates.  Products  manufactured  in,  and  sold  into,  foreign  markets  represent  a 
significant portion of our operations. Our consolidated financial statements reflect translation of financial statements 
denominated  in  non-U.S.  currencies  to  U.S.  dollars,  our  reporting  currency,  as  well  as  the  foreign  currency 
exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  remeasurement  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  from  transactions 
denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  primary  currency  of  the  country  in  which  the  entity  operates,  which  we 
refer  to  as  "non-functional  currencies." A  strengthening  or  weakening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  in  relation  to  the  foreign 
currencies  of  the  countries  in  which  we  sell  or  manufacture  our  products,  such  as  the  euro,  will  affect  our 
U.S.  dollar-reported  revenue  and  income.  Although  we  have  entered  into  forward  contracts  with  several  major 
financial institutions to hedge a portion of our monetary assets and liabilities and projected cash flows denominated 
in  non-functional  currencies  in  order  to  reduce  the  effects  of  currency  rate  fluctuations,  changes  in  the  relative 
values of currencies may, in some instances, have a significant effect on our results of operations.

Many of our products have significant plastic resin content. We also use quantities of other commodities, such 
as aluminum and steel. Increases in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and 
services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers, particularly with respect to those products 
we sell under group purchase agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations 
and cash flows.

Increases  in  interest  rates  may  adversely  affect  the  financial  health  of  our  customers  and  suppliers,  thereby 
adversely  affecting  their  ability  to  buy  our  products  and  supply  the  components  or  raw  materials  we  need.  In 
addition, our borrowing costs have been adversely affected by recent interest rate increases and could be further 
affected  if  interest  rates  continue  to  increase.  Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and changes to tax laws may adversely affect us.

As  a  global  company,  we  are  subject  to  taxation  in  numerous  countries,  states  and  other  jurisdictions.  Our 
effective  tax  rate  is  derived  from  a  combination  of  applicable  tax  rates  in  the  various  countries,  states  and  other 
jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  In  preparing  our  financial  statements,  we  estimate  the  amount  of  tax  that  will 
become payable in each of these jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate may, however, differ from the estimated amount 

22

due  to  numerous  factors,  including  a  change  in  the  mix  of  our  profitability  from  country  to  country.  Further,  many 
countries continue to consider changes in their tax laws by implementing new initiatives such as the Organization 
for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Pillar Two global minimum tax, which will likely impact the amount of 
taxes that multinational companies such as Teleflex pay in the future. Various countries have already enacted or are 
in the process of incorporating the Pillar Two framework within their tax laws. While we continue to monitor these 
changes and their potential implications, the aggressive nature of the timeline set by the OECD for adoption of this 
framework, the lack of detailed guidance provided to date and the complexities surrounding its implementation may 
mean that all implications for business may not have been fully analyzed or understood before rules are finalized. 
Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods 
or  our  current  expectations,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and cash flows.

An  interruption  in  our  manufacturing  or  distribution  operations  or  our  supply  of  raw  materials  may 

adversely affect our business.

Many  of  our  key  products  are  manufactured  at  or  distributed  from  single  locations,  and  the  availability  of 
alternate facilities is limited.  If operations at one or  more of our facilities is suspended due to natural disasters or 
other events, including, without limitation, those due to climate change, we may not be able to timely manufacture or 
distribute one or more of our products at previous levels or at all. Furthermore, our ability to establish replacement 
facilities  or  to  substitute  suppliers  may  be  delayed  due  to  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  FDA  and  other 
regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products. In addition, in the event of delays or cancellations 
in  shipments  of  raw  materials  by  our  suppliers,  we  may  not  be  able  to  timely  manufacture  or  supply  the  affected 
products at previous levels or at all. The manufacture of our products is highly exacting and complex, due in part to 
strict  regulatory  requirements.  Problems  in  the  manufacturing  process,  including  equipment  malfunction,  failure  to 
follow specific protocols and procedures, defective raw materials and environmental factors, could lead to delays in 
product releases, product shortages, unanticipated costs, lost revenues and damage to our reputation. A failure to 
identify  and  address  manufacturing  problems  prior  to  the  release  of  products  to  our  customers  may  also  result  in 
quality or safety issues. A reduction or interruption in manufacturing or distribution, or our inability to secure suitable 
alternative  sources  of  raw  materials  or  components  or  finished  goods  used  in  our  kits,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our ability to attract, train, develop and retain key employees is important to our success.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to retain key personnel, including our executive officers 
and  other  members  of  our  senior  management  team.  Our  success  also  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  attract, 
train,  develop  and  retain  other  key  employees,  including  research  and  development,  sales,  marketing  and 
operations  personnel.  We  may  experience  difficulties  in  retaining  executives  and  other  employees  due  to  many 
factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the intense competition for skilled personnel in our industry;

fluctuations in global economic and industry conditions;

changes in our organizational structure;

our restructuring initiatives;

competitors’ hiring practices; and

the effectiveness of our compensation programs.

Our inability to attract, train, develop and retain such personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, 

results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our failure to maintain strong relationships with physicians and other health care professionals could 

adversely affect us.

We  depend  on  our  ability  to  maintain  strong  working  relationships  with  physicians  and  other  healthcare 
professionals  in  connection  with  research  and  development  for  some  of  our  products.  We  rely  on  these 
professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and advice regarding the development and use of these 
products.  Physicians  assist  us  as  researchers,  product  consultants,  inventors  and  public  speakers.  If  we  fail  to 
maintain our working relationships with physicians and, as a result, no longer have the benefit of their knowledge 
and advice, our products may not be developed in a manner that is responsive to the needs and expectations of the 
professionals  who  use  and  support  our  products,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

23

Our  technology  is  important  to  our  success,  and  our  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights 

could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We rely on the patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the U.S. and other countries to protect our 
proprietary  rights.  Although  we  own  numerous  U.S.  and  foreign  patents  and  have  submitted  numerous  patent 
applications, we cannot be assured that any pending patent applications will issue, or that any patents, issued or 
pending,  will  provide  us  with  any  competitive  advantage  or  will  not  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  circumvented  by 
third parties. In addition, we rely on confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees and take other 
measures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use 
of  our  technology  by  competitors  or  other  persons  who  may  copy  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use  these  products  or 
technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent 
as in the U.S. We cannot assure that current and former employees, contractors and other parties will not breach 
their  confidentiality  agreements  with  us,  misappropriate  proprietary  information,  copy  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use 
our  information  and  proprietary  technology  without  authorization  or  otherwise  infringe  on  our  intellectual  property 
rights.  Our  inability  to  protect  our  proprietary  technology  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition, 
results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Moreover,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  others  will  not  independently 
develop know-how and trade secrets comparable to ours or develop better technology than our own, which could 
reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed. 

Our products or processes may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us 

to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from selling our products.

We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe issued patents or other intellectual property 
rights of third parties. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, 
including claims of alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Any such claims, whether 
or  not  meritorious,  could  result  in  litigation  and  divert  the  efforts  of  our  personnel.  If  we  are  found  liable  for 
infringement, we may be compelled to enter into licensing agreements (which may not be available on acceptable 
terms or at all) or to pay damages or cease making or selling certain products. We may need to redesign some of 
our products or processes to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing events could be detrimental to 
our business.

Other pending and future litigation may involve significant costs and adversely affect our business.

We  are  party  to  various  lawsuits  and  claims  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business  involving,  among  other 
things, contracts, intellectual property, import and export regulations, and employment and environmental matters. 
The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention and may involve significant legal expenses. 
In  addition,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  damage  awards  or  settlements,  or  become  subject  to  injunctions  or  other 
equitable remedies, that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 
While we do not believe that any litigation in which we are currently engaged would have such an adverse effect, 
the  outcome  of  litigation,  including  regulatory  matters,  is  often  difficult  to  predict,  and  we  cannot  assure  that  the 
outcome of pending or future litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations or cash flows.

Disruption  of  critical  information  systems  or  material  breaches  in  the  security  of  our  systems  may 

adversely affect our business and customer relationships.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information in our day-to-
day operations. We also rely on our technology infrastructure, among other functions, to enable us to interact with 
customers  and  suppliers,  fulfill  orders,  generate  invoices,  collect  and  make  payments,  ship  products,  provide 
support  to  customers,  fulfill  contractual  obligations  and  otherwise  perform  business  functions.  Our  internal 
information technology systems, as well as those systems maintained by third-party providers, may be subjected to 
computer  viruses  or  other  malicious  codes,  unauthorized  access  attempts,  and  cyber-attacks,  any  of  which  could 
result in data leaks or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. 
Cyber-attacks  are  becoming  more  sophisticated  and  frequent,  and  in  some  cases  have  caused  significant  harm. 
Although  we  have  taken  numerous  measures  to  protect  our  information  systems  and  enhance  data  security,  we 
cannot  assure  that  these  measures  will  prevent  security  breaches  that  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our 
business,  reputation  and  financial  results.  If  we  fail  to  monitor,  maintain  or  protect  our  information  technology 
systems  and  data  integrity  effectively  or  fail  to  anticipate,  plan  for  or  manage  significant  disruptions  to  these 
systems,  we  could,  among  other  things,  lose  customers,  have  difficulty  preventing  fraud,  have  disputes  with 
customers,  physicians  and  other  health  care  professionals,  be  subject  to  regulatory  sanctions  or  penalties,  incur 

24

expenses, lose revenues or suffer other adverse consequences. Any of these events could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our operations expose us to the risk of material environmental and health and safety liabilities.

We  are  subject  to  numerous  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local  environmental  protection  and  health  and  safety 

laws governing, among other things:

•

•

•

•

the generation, storage, use and transportation of hazardous materials;

emissions or discharges of substances into the environment;

the impacts of industrial operations on climate change; and

the health and safety of our employees.

These  laws  and  regulations  are  complex,  change  frequently  and  have  tended  to  become  more  stringent  over 
time. We cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and 
health  and  safety  laws,  or  our  liabilities  arising  from  past  or  future  releases  of,  or  exposures  to,  hazardous 
substances,  which  may  include  claims  for  personal  injury  or  cleanup,  will  not  exceed  our  estimates  or  will  not 
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The  effects  of  climate  change  or  legal,  regulatory  or  market  measures  intended  to  address  climate 

change could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Risks associated with climate change are subject to increasing societal, regulatory and political focus in the U.S. 
and globally. While the effects of climate change in the near- and long-term are difficult to predict, shifts in weather 
patterns caused by climate change are expected to increase the frequency, severity and duration of certain adverse 
weather conditions and natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, wildfires, droughts, extreme 
temperatures or flooding, which could cause more significant business and supply chain interruptions, damage to 
our  products  and  facilities  as  well  as  the  infrastructure  of  hospitals,  medical  care  facilities  and  other  customers, 
reduced  workforce  availability,  increased  costs  of  raw  materials  and  components,  increased  liabilities,  and 
decreased  revenues  than  what  we  have  experienced  in  the  past  from  such  events.  In  addition,  increased  public 
concern over climate change could result in new legal or regulatory requirements designed to mitigate the effects of 
climate change, which could include the adoption of more stringent environmental laws and regulations or stricter 
enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which could result in increased compliance burdens and costs to meet 
the regulatory obligations as well as adverse impacts on raw material sourcing, manufacturing operations and the 
distribution of our products. Any such developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our  workforce  covered  by  collective  bargaining  and  similar  agreements  could  cause  interruptions  in 

our provision of products and services.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  6%  of  our  employees  in  the  U.S.  and  in  other  countries  were  covered  by  union 
contracts  or  collective  bargaining  arrangements.  It  is  likely  that  a  portion  of  our  workforce  will  remain  covered  by 
collective bargaining and similar agreements for the foreseeable future. Strikes or work stoppages could occur that 
would adversely impact our relationships with our customers and our ability to conduct our business.

Risks Relating to our Financing Arrangements

Our  substantial  indebtedness  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 

operations.

As of December 31, 2023, we had total consolidated indebtedness of $1.8 billion.

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to 

satisfy our debt obligations. It could also have significant effects on our business. For example, it could:

•

•

•

•

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, 
thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, research and development efforts 
and other general corporate expenditures;

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for general corporate purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

25

•

•

restrict us from pursuing business opportunities; and

place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an 

amount sufficient to pay our indebtedness when due or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to:

•

•

•

•

refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness;

sell assets;

reduce or delay capital expenditures; or

seek to raise additional capital.

We  may  not  be  able  to  effect  any  of  these  actions  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  Our  ability  to 
refinance  our  indebtedness  will  depend  on  our  financial  condition  at  the  time,  the  restrictions  in  the  instruments 
governing our outstanding indebtedness and other factors, including market conditions.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure 
our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Our  debt  agreements  impose  restrictions  on  our  business,  which  could  prevent  us  from  pursuing 
business opportunities and taking other desirable corporate actions, and may adversely affect our ability to 
respond to changes in our business and manage our operations.

Our  senior  credit  agreement  and  the  indentures  governing  our  4.625%  senior  notes  due  2027  (the  "2027 
Notes")  and  our  4.25%  Senior  Notes  due  2028  (the  "2028  Notes"  and,  together  with  the  2027  Notes,  the  "Senior 
Notes") contain covenants that, among other things, impose significant restrictions on our business. The restrictions 
that  these  covenants  place  on  us  and  our  restricted  subsidiaries  collectively  include  limitations  on  our  and  their 
ability to, among other things:

•

•

•

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock or otherwise disqualified stock;

create liens;

pay dividends, make investments or make other restricted payments;

sell assets;

• merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

•

enter into transactions with our affiliates.

In  addition,  our  senior  credit  agreement  also  contains  financial  covenants,  including  covenants  requiring 
maintenance of a consolidated leverage ratio, a secured leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio, 
calculated in accordance with the terms of the senior credit agreement. A breach of any covenants under any one or 
more of our debt agreements could result in a default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration 
of all of our debt. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter 
into certain types of transactions.

Under our cross-currency swap agreements, a  meaningful decline in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange 

rate could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows.

In 2019 and 2023, we entered into cross-currency swap agreements with several financial institutions to hedge 
against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate; the 2023 swap agreements were entered 
into  following  the  maturation  in  October  2023  of  cross-currency  swap  agreements  we  entered  into  in  2018.  The 
swap agreements require an exchange of the notional amounts between us and the counterparties upon expiration 
or earlier termination of the agreements. If, at the expiration or earlier termination of the swap agreements, the U.S. 
dollar to euro exchange rate has declined from the rate in effect on the execution date, we are required to pay the 
counterparties an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollar value over the euro principal amount (we and the 
counterparties have agreed to a net settlement with regard to the exchange of the notional amounts at the date of 
expiration or earlier  termination of the agreements). In the event of a significant decline in the U.S. dollar to euro 
exchange  rate,  our  payment  obligations  to  the  counterparties  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  cash 
flows.  In  this  regard,  if,  at  the  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of  our  swap  agreements,  the  U.S.  dollar  to  euro 
exchange rate has declined by 10% from the rate in effect at the inception of our agreements, we would be required 
to pay approximately $75 million to the counterparties in respect of the notional settlement. To the extent we enter 

26

into  additional  cross-currency  swap  agreements,  a  decline  in  the  relevant  exchange  rates  could  further  adversely 
affect our cash flows.

Risks Relating to Ownership of our Common Stock

We  may  issue  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  or  instruments  convertible  into  our  common 

stock, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock or other instruments convertible into 
our common stock. As of December 31, 2023, we had outstanding approximately 47.0 million shares of our common 
stock, options to purchase 1.3 million shares of our common stock (of which approximately 1.0 million were vested 
as of that date), restricted stock units covering 0.2 million shares of our common stock (which are expected to vest 
over  the  next  three  years),  performance  stock  units  covering  a  maximum  of  85,772  shares  of  our  common  stock 
(which  are  expected  to  vest  over  the  next  three  years  and  depend  on  our  performance  with  regard  to  specified 
financial measures and market performance of our common stock compared to designated public companies) and 
120 shares of our common stock to be distributed from our deferred compensation plan. As of December 31, 2023, 
3.9 million shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options. We cannot 
predict  the  size  of  future  issuances  or  the  effect,  if  any,  that  they  may  have  on  the  market  price  for  our  common 
stock.

If  we  issue  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  or  instruments  convertible  into  our  common  stock,  such 
issuances may materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Furthermore, our issuance of shares 
upon the exercise of some or all of the outstanding stock options, as well as the vesting of restricted stock units and 
some  or  all  of  the  performance  stock  units  will  dilute  the  ownership  interests  of  existing  stockholders,  and  the 
subsequent sale in the public market of such shares of our common stock could adversely affect prevailing market 
prices of our common stock. 

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only as our board of directors may declare out of 
funds  legally  available  for  such  payments.  The  declaration  and  payment  of  future  dividends  to  holders  of  our 
common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our 
financial condition, earnings, requirements under covenants in our debt instruments, legal requirements and other 
factors as our board of directors deems relevant. We cannot assure that our cash dividend will not be reduced, or 
eliminated, in the future.

Certain  provisions  of  our  corporate  governing  documents,  Delaware  law  and  our  Senior  Notes  could 

discourage, delay, or prevent a merger or acquisition.

Provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  could  impede  a  merger,  takeover  or  other  business 
combination involving us or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock. For 
example, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the number of shares in a 
series,  the  consideration,  dividend  rights,  liquidation  preferences,  terms  of  redemption,  conversion  or  exchange 
rights and voting rights, if any, of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. 
Thus, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that 
could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. We are also subject to Section 203 
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations 
between  us  and  any  holder  of  15%  or  more  of  our  common  stock.  These  provisions  could  have  the  effect  of 
delaying  or  deterring  a  third  party  from  acquiring  us  even  if  an  acquisition  might  be  in  the  best  interest  of  our 
stockholders, and accordingly could reduce the market price of our common stock.

Certain provisions in the indentures governing the Senior Notes could make it more difficult or more expensive 
for  a  third  party  to  acquire  us.  Upon  an  acquisition  event  that  constitutes  a  “change  of  control,”  as  defined  in  the 
indentures  governing  the  Senior  Notes,  coupled  with  a  downgrade  in  the  ratings  of  the  Senior  Notes,  holders  of 
such notes will have the right to require us to purchase their notes in cash. Our obligations under the Senior Notes 
could  increase  the  cost  of  acquiring  us  or  otherwise  discourage  a  third  party  from  acquiring  us  or  removing 
incumbent management, and accordingly could cause a reduction in the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

27

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Cyberattacks continue to evolve in sophistication and frequency. Among other things, an attack could impair our 
ability  to  interact  with  customers  and  suppliers,  fulfill  orders,  generate  invoices,  collect  and  make  payments,  ship 
products, provide support to customers, fulfill contractual obligations and otherwise perform business functions. 

Management has implemented a program (“Program”), which is part of our overall Enterprise Risk Management 
system, focused on the assessment, identification, and management of material risks resulting from cybersecurity 
threats.  The  Program  was  developed  and  is  managed  by  our  Vice  President  of  Information  Security  and  Privacy 
(CISSP, CISM and CISA) with oversight from the Chief Information Officer. Both leaders collectively have over 50 
years of technology risk and cybersecurity work experience supporting multiple life science organizations. 

Industry standard frameworks including International Organization of Standardization (ISO)/27001 and National 
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) are the foundation of the Program, which includes but is not limited to 
the  fundamental  security  principles  of  least  privilege  access,  event  monitoring,  vulnerability  management, 
education,  third-party  risk  management  and  incident  response.  The  Program  leverages  external  subject-matter 
experts that assist with identifying and remediating security risks present in our environment through threat hunting 
and vulnerability/control testing with a focus on the latest attack vectors. These external experts bring to bear risk 
mitigation tactics based on current threats observed across multiple organizations with similar risk profiles.

•

Key Program activities include:
Annual risk assessment to evaluate our profile against cyber risk threats;

•
• Global policies based on the guiding principles of security by design and least-privilege access;
• Maintenance of a critical incident response plan and simulation programs, which include procedures to comply 
with  material  security  incident  reporting  requirements  in  collaboration  with  key  members  of  Executive 
Management;
A communication framework designed to ensure that the individuals managing the Program are informed about, 
and in position to monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of, cybersecurity incidents;
Internal  and  external  security  assessments  and  testing  to  determine  our  susceptibility  to  compromise,  lateral 
movement, privilege escalation and overall cybersecurity internal control posture;
Routine phishing simulations to identify areas for control enhancement and additional training;
Periodic end-user security training and cyber-threat awareness;
Suite of tools and processes to minimize the risk of security compromise in addition to detect controls alerting of 
potential malicious activity; and
Review and approval process focused on evaluating cybersecurity posture and internal controls relating to third 
party service providers.

•
•
•

•

•

The  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  receives  an  update  from  the  members  of  management 
referenced  above  on  our  security  posture  on  at  least  an  annual  basis,  and  more  often  as  needed.  The  Audit 
Committee  provides  oversight  as  to  the  status  of  our  cybersecurity  apparatus  and  overall  Program  management 
(including  with  respect  to  the  identification  and  implementation  of  planned  security  enhancements),  while  also 
advising on risk mitigation activities to address the latest threats. 

To  date,  we  have  not  experienced  any  known  cybersecurity  incidents  that  have  materially  affected  or  are 
reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect  us  in  the  future,  including  our  business  strategy,  results  of  operations,  or 
financial condition.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We  own  or  lease  approximately  90  properties  consisting  of  manufacturing  plants,  engineering  and  research 
centers, distribution warehouses, offices and other facilities. We believe that the properties are maintained in good 
operating  condition  and  are  suitable  for  their  intended  use.  In  general,  our  facilities  meet  current  operating 
requirements for the activities currently conducted within the facilities.

28

Our major facilities (those with 50,000 or greater square feet) at December 31, 2023 are as follows:

Location

Olive Branch, MS

Kamunting, Malaysia

Tecate Mexico

Chihuahua, Mexico

Maple Grove, MN

Morrisville, NC

Primary use

Distribution warehouse

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Office administration

Zdar Nad Sazauou, Czech Republic

Manufacturing

Trenton, GA

Chihuahua, Mexico

Hradec Kralove, Czech Republic

Chelmsford, MA

Kulim, Malaysia

Jaffrey, NH

Kamunting, Malaysia
Pleasanton, CA

Nuevo Laredo, Mexico

Chihuahua, Mexico

Reading, PA

Limerick, Ireland

Mansfield, MA

Plymouth, MN

Wayne, PA

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing
Office administration

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Engineering and research

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Office administration

Square Footage

Owned or Leased

627,000

286,000

172,000

153,000

129,000

121,000

108,000

102,000

100,000

92,000

91,000

90,000

81,000

77,000
76,000

71,000

63,000

63,000

58,000

57,000

55,000

52,000

Leased

Owned

Owned

Owned

Owned

Leased

Owned

Owned

Leased

Owned

Leased

Owned

Owned

Leased
Leased

Leased

Owned

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Leased

Operations in each of our business segments are conducted at locations both in and outside of the U.S. Of the 
facilities listed above, with the exception of Plymouth, MN, Jaffrey, NH, Mansfield, MA, Trenton, GA, and Limerick, 
Ireland, which are used solely for the OEM segment, our facilities generally serve more than one business segment 
and are often used for multiple purposes, such as administrative/sales, manufacturing and warehousing/distribution. 

In  addition  to  the  properties  listed  above,  we  own  or  lease  approximately  650,000  square  feet  of  additional 

warehousing, manufacturing and office space worldwide. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These lawsuits and claims 
include  actions  involving  product  liability  and  product  warranty,  intellectual  property,  contracts,  employment  and 
environmental matters. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we accrued liabilities of $0.8 million and $0.5 million 
respectively,  in  connection  with  these  matters,  representing  our  best  estimate  of  the  cost  within  the  range  of 
estimated  possible  loss  that  will  be  incurred  to  resolve  these  matters.  Based  on  information  currently  available, 
advice of counsel, established reserves and other resources, we do not believe that any such actions are likely to 
be, individually or in the aggregate, material to our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 
However,  in  the  event  of  unexpected  further  developments,  it  is  possible  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  these 
matters,  or  other  similar  matters,  if  unfavorable,  may  be  materially  adverse  to  our  business,  financial  condition, 
results  of  operations  or  cash  flows.  See  Note  17  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29

PART II

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TFX.” As of February 20, 2024, 
we had 353 holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock 
are beneficial owners whose shares are held by brokers and other financial institutions for the accounts of beneficial 
owners.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph provides a comparison of five year cumulative total stockholder returns of Teleflex common 
stock, the Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index. The 
annual  changes  for  the  five-year  period  shown  on  the  graph  are  based  on  the  assumption  that  $100  had  been 
invested in Teleflex common stock and each index on December 31, 2018 and that all dividends were reinvested.

MARKET PERFORMANCE

Company / Index

Teleflex Incorporated

S&P 500 Index

S&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index

2018

100.00

100.00

100.00

2019

146.26

131.49

129.60

2020

160.52

155.68

153.97

2021

128.59

200.37

184.61

2022

98.23

164.08

145.61

2023

98.70

207.21

159.51

ITEM 6.  RESERVED

Not applicable.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS

Overview

We  are  a  global  provider  of  medical  technology  products  focused  on  enhancing  clinical  benefits,  improving 
patient  and  provider  safety  and  reducing  total  procedural  costs.  We  primarily  design,  develop,  manufacture  and 
supply  medical  devices  used  by  hospitals  and  healthcare  providers  for  common  diagnostic  and  therapeutic 

30

DollarsComparison of Cumulative Five Year Total ReturnTeleflex IncorporatedS&P 500 IndexS&P 500 Healthcare Equipment & Supply Index20182019202020212022202375.00100.00125.00150.00175.00200.00225.00 
procedures in critical care and surgical applications. Approximately 94% of our net revenues come from single-use 
medical  devices.  We  market  and  sell  our  products  worldwide  through  a  combination  of  our  direct  sales  force  and 
distributors.  Because  our  products  are  used  in  numerous  markets  and  for  a  variety  of  procedures,  we  are  not 
dependent  upon  any  one  end-market  or  procedure.  We  are  focused  on  achieving  consistent,  sustainable  and 
profitable growth by increasing our market share and improving our operating efficiencies.

We evaluate our portfolio of products and businesses on an ongoing basis to ensure alignment with our overall 
objectives.  Based  on  our  evaluation,  we  may  seek  to  optimize  utilization  of  our  facilities  through  restructuring 
initiatives  designed  to  further  reduce  our  cost  base  and  enhance  our  competitive  position.  In  addition,  we  may 
continue  to  explore  opportunities  to  expand  the  size  of  our  business  and  improve  our  margins  through  a 
combination of acquisitions and distributor to direct sales conversions, which generally involve our elimination of a 
distributor  from  the  sales  channel,  either  by  acquiring  the  distributor  or  terminating  the  distributor  relationship  (in 
some instances, the conversions involve our acquisition or termination of a master distributor and the continued sale 
of  our  products  through  sub-distributors).  Our  distributor  to  direct  sales  conversions  are  designed  to  facilitate 
improved product pricing and more direct access to the end users of our products within the sales channel. Further, 
we  may  identify  opportunities  to  expand  our  margins  through  strategic  divestitures  of  existing  businesses  and 
product lines that no longer meet our objectives. 

Acquisition

On  October  10,  2023,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Palette,  a  privately  held  medical  device  company  that 
sells a portfolio of hyaluronic acid gel-based products primarily utilized in the treatment of urology diseases including 
a  rectal  spacing  product  used  in  connection  with  radiation  therapy  treatment  of  prostate  cancer. The  fair  value  of 
consideration transferred was $621.9 million, consisting of net cash payments of $594.9 million and $27.0 million in 
estimated fair value of contingent consideration. The contingent consideration liability represents the estimated fair 
value  of  our  obligations,  under  the  acquisition  agreement,  to  make  two  milestone  payments  up  to  $50  million,  in 
aggregate,  if  certain  commercial  milestones  are  met.  The  acquisition  was  financed  using  borrowings  under  our 
revolving  credit  facility  and  cash  on  hand.  See  Note  4  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Divestiture

On  May  15,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  sell  certain  product  lines  within  our  global 
respiratory product portfolio to Medline for consideration of $286.0 million, reduced by $12 million in working capital 
not  transferring  to  Medline  (the  "Respiratory  business  divestiture").  In  connection  with  the  Respiratory  business 
divestiture,  we  also  entered  into  several  ancillary  agreements  with  Medline  to  help  facilitate  the  transfer  of  the 
business, which provide for transition support, quality, supply and manufacturing services, including a manufacturing 
and supply transition agreement (the "MSTA").

On June 28, 2021, we completed the initial phase of the Respiratory business divestiture, pursuant to which we 
received cash proceeds of $259.0 million. On December 4, 2023, we completed the second and final phase of the 
Respiratory business divestiture with the transfer of certain additional manufacturing assets to Medline resulting in 
$15.0 million in additional cash proceeds and the recognition of a gain on sale of $4.4 million.

Pension termination

In May 2023, our Board of Directors approved the termination of the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income 
Plan (the “TRIP”), a U.S. defined benefit plan, effective as of August 1, 2023. The TRIP is subject to the Employee 
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 
401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). Participation in and accrual of benefits under 
the TRIP have been frozen since 2012, and, as of December 31, 2023, the TRIP assets exceeded the liabilities. In 
June 2023, we notified participants of our intent to terminate the TRIP and requested a determination letter from the 
Internal Revenue Services (“IRS”) stating that the TRIP satisfies the requirements, in form, to be tax-qualified under 
Code  Section  401(a)  upon  termination.  In  September  2023,  a  notice  of  benefits  was  sent  to  participants, 
beneficiaries  and  alternate  payees  in  connection  with  the  proposed  termination.  Participants,  beneficiaries  and 
alternate  payees  who  had  not  started  their  TRIP  benefits  were  offered  the  opportunity  to  elect  to  receive  their 
benefits in the form of a lump sum distribution in connection with the termination of the TRIP or to commence their 
benefits in the form of monthly annuity payments in accordance with TRIP terms. Because the TRIP is an ERISA 
plan, the termination is subject to approval by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”). In September 
2023,  we  filed  a  termination  notice  with  the  PBGC  for  approval. After  the  termination  has  been  approved  by  the 
PBGC,  one  or  more  annuity  contracts  with  a  qualifying  insurer(s)  will  be  purchased  to  provide TRIP  benefits  that 

31

have not already been distributed. While we expect to proceed with the termination, we may decide not to proceed 
for  certain  reasons  including,  for  example,  if  the  cost  to  terminate  the  TRIP  exceeds  our  current  expectations. 
Should  the  Company  proceed  with  the  termination,  participants,  beneficiaries,  and  alternate  payees  will  each 
receive  the  full  value  of  their  benefit  under  the  TRIP,  paid  either  from  TRIP  assets  or  from  an  annuity  contract 
purchase as described under this paragraph.

Upon settlement of the TRIP, we are required to remeasure the plan assets and obligation and will recognize a 
settlement  loss  for  the  recognition  of  the  unrecognized  losses  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
including the effects of the remeasurement. In December 2023, we recognized a settlement charge of $45.2 million 
resulting from payments to eligible participants who elected the lump sum distribution option. As of December 31, 
2023, the pre-tax accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the TRIP was approximately $150.5 million. We 
expect to recognize a settlement charge upon annuitization of the TRIP benefits, which we expect to occur during 
2024.  We  also  continue  to  evaluate  our  options  with  respect  to TRIP  plan  assets  in  excess  of  liabilities  ("surplus 
plan  assets")  remaining  upon  settlement  of  the  TRIP.  We  may  contribute  any  surplus  plan  assets  to  a  qualified 
defined contribution savings plan, which would result in a charge equal to the surplus plan assets at the contribution 
date. As of December 31, 2023, the surplus plan assets were $26.3 million. 

Economic and other factors impacting our business

Our  operations,  supply  chain,  contractors,  suppliers,  customers  and  other  business  partners  are  impacted  by 
various  global  macroeconomic  factors.  During  2023,  we  continued  to  experience  elevated  levels  of  overall  cost 
inflation, specifically within materials and services, and we continue to monitor the impacts stemming from increases 
in interest rates and volatile exchange rates driven by monetary policy decisions of central banks as well as ongoing 
geopolitical conflicts. Moreover, the healthcare industry has been impacted by a transition in the delivery, or site of 
service,  where  healthcare  services  are  being  performed  and  staffing  shortages  at  healthcare  facilities  that  could 
impact the demand for our products in the future.

In the latter part of 2023, we began to experience stabilization with respect to some of the macroeconomic and 
other  factors  discussed  above,  including  but  not  limited  to  lower  logistics  and  distribution  cost  inflation  and  a 
decrease in staffing shortages at healthcare facilities. In addition, we have implemented various measures designed 
to  mitigate  the  future  impacts  of  these  factors  impacting  our  business.  Due  to  the  dynamic  nature  of  the 
macroeconomic and other factors discussed above, we cannot accurately predict the extent, duration, or our ability 
to offset the impact of these factors or the related effects on our business, results of operations, financial condition 
and cash flows.

Results of Operations

As used in this discussion, "new products" are products for which commercial sales have commenced within the 
past 36 months, and “existing products” are products for which commercial sales commenced more than 36 months 
ago. Discussion of results of operations items that reference the effect of one or more acquired businesses (except 
as noted below with respect to acquired distributors) generally reflects the impact of the acquisitions within the first 
12 months following the date of the acquisition. In addition to increases and decreases in the per unit selling prices 
of  our  products  to  our  customers,  our  discussion  of  the  impact  of  product  price  increases  and  decreases  also 
reflects  the  impact  on  the  pricing  of  our  products  resulting  from  any  elimination  of  distributors,  either  through 
acquisition  or  termination  of  the  distributor,  from  the  sales  channel. All  dollar  amounts  in  tables  are  presented  in 
millions unless otherwise noted.

For a discussion of our results of operations comparison for 2022 and 2021, refer to our Annual Report on Form 

10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 filed on February 23, 2023. 

Comparison of 2023 and 2022

Revenues

Net Revenues

2023
2,974.5  $ 

2022
2,791.0 

$ 

Net  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  increased  by  $183.5  million,  or  6.6%,  compared  to  the 
prior  year,  primarily  due  to  a  $149.2  million  increase  in  sales  of  new  products,  price  increases  and  net  revenues 
generated by the acquired Palette and Standard Bariatrics businesses, partially offset by a $61.0 million decrease in 
sales volume of existing products. The increase in sales of new products and the decrease in sales of volumes of 
existing products primarily reflect the conversion to the next generation of an existing product.

32

Gross profit

Gross profit
Percentage of revenues

2023
$  1,646.9 

2022
$  1,531.1 

 55.4 %

 54.9 %

For the year ended December 31, 2023, gross margin increased 50 basis points, or 0.9%, compared to the prior 
year  period,  primarily  due  to  price  increases,  benefits  from  cost  improvement  initiatives  and  lower  logistics  and 
distribution  related  costs,  partially  offset  by  continued  cost  inflation  from  macro-economic  factors,  specifically  with 
respect to raw materials, and an unfavorable impact on manufacturing productivity due to constraints in raw material 
supply.

On  April  4,  2023,  one  of  our  Mexican  subsidiaries  received  a  notification  from  the  Mexican  Federal  Tax 
Administration Service (“SAT”) setting forth its preliminary findings with respect to a foreign trade operations audit 
carried out by SAT for the period from July 1, 2017 to June 6, 2019. The preliminary findings stated that our Mexican 
subsidiary  did  not  evidence  the  export  of  goods  temporarily  imported  under  Mexico’s  Manufacturing,  Maquila  and 
Export Services Industries Program (“IMMEX Program”), therefore triggering the potential obligation for payment of 
import  duties,  value  added  tax,  customs  processing  fees  and  other  fines  and  penalties,  which  may  cause  an 
adverse  impact  on  our  gross  profit  in  the  future.  In  response  to  the  notification,  our  Mexican  subsidiary  has 
requested that the matter be referred to the Procuraduría de la Defensa del Contribuyente, or “PRODECON,” (local 
tax  ombudsperson)  to  help  facilitate  the  process.  In  June  2023,  SAT  was  provided  with  the  appropriate 
documentation evidencing the export of the goods in accordance with the requirements of the IMMEX Program.

While we cannot predict with certainty the outcome of this audit, based on currently known information, we do 
not  believe  a  loss  is  either  probable  or  estimable.  Accordingly,  no  loss  contingency  has  been  recorded  in  our 
financial statements as of December 31, 2023 related to this matter. However, if the final resolution of the matter is 
not  favorable  to  us,  our  Mexican  subsidiary  may  be  required  to  make  payment  of  certain  import  duties,  fines  and 
surcharges, which could be material.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative
Percentage of revenues

2023
929.9 

$ 

2022
863.7 

$ 

 31.3 %

 30.9 %

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $66.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023, 
compared to the prior year period, primarily due to higher sales expenses across certain of our product portfolios, 
higher  operating  expenses  incurred  by  the  acquired  Palette  and  Standard  Bariatrics  businesses,  higher 
performance related employee benefit costs, higher transaction costs stemming from our acquisition of Palette and 
higher  IT  related  costs.  The  increases  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  were  partially  offset  by  a 
decrease in contingent consideration expense resulting from changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent 
consideration liabilities.

Research and development

Research and development
Percentage of revenues

2023
154.4 

$ 

2022
153.8 

$ 

 5.2 %

 5.5 %

Research and development expenses increased $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared 
to the prior year, which was primarily attributable to higher project spend within certain of our product portfolios and 
expenses incurred by Standard Bariatrics, partially offset by lower expenses related to the European Union Medical 
Device Regulation related costs.

Pension Settlement Charge

Pension settlement charge

2023

2022

$ 

45.2 

$ 

— 

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized a settlement charge of $45.2 million related to our 

plan to terminate the TRIP resulting from payments to eligible participants who elected a lump sum distribution.

33

 
 
 
 
Restructuring and impairment charges

2023 Restructuring Plan

During the fourth quarter of 2023, we initiated a new restructuring plan, which primarily involves the integration 
of  Palette  into  Teleflex  and  workforce  reductions  designed  to  improve  operating  performance  across  the 
organization by creating efficiencies that align with evolving market demands and our strategy to enhance long-term 
value creation (the “2023 restructuring plan”). We estimate that we will incur $15 million to $19 million in aggregate 
pre-tax  restructuring  and  restructuring  related  charges  in  connection  with  the  2023  restructuring  plan.  We  expect 
this plan will be substantially completed by the end of 2024.

 We expect to begin realizing plan-related savings in 2024 and expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $29 

million to $35 million once the plan is fully implemented.

2023 Footprint Realignment Plan

In September 2023, we initiated a restructuring plan primarily involving the relocation of certain manufacturing 
operations  to  existing  lower-cost  locations,  the  outsourcing  of  certain  manufacturing  processes  and  related 
workforce  reductions  (the  "2023  Footprint  realignment  plan").  We  estimate  that  we  will  incur  $11  million  to  $15 
million  in  aggregate  pre-tax  restructuring  and  restructuring  related  charges  in  connection  with  the  2023  Footprint 
Realignment plan. We expect this plan will be substantially completed by the end of 2027.

We expect to begin realizing plan-related savings in 2024 and expect to achieve annual pre-tax savings of $2 

million to $4 million once the plan is fully implemented. 

2022 Restructuring plan

In November 2022, we initiated a strategic restructuring plan designed to improve operating performance and 
position the organization to deliver long-term durable growth by creating efficiencies that align with our high growth 
strategic objectives (the “2022 Restructuring plan”). The plan is substantially complete and as a result, we expect 
future restructuring expenses associated with the plan, if any, to be immaterial.

Respiratory divestiture plan

In 2021, in connection with the Respiratory business divestiture, we committed to a restructuring plan designed 
to separate the manufacturing operations that will be transferred to Medline from those that will remain with Teleflex, 
which includes related workforce reductions (the “Respiratory divestiture plan”). The plan is substantially complete 
and as a result, we expect future restructuring expenses associated with the plan, if any, to be immaterial.

The following table provides information regarding restructuring charges we have incurred with respect to each 
of our restructuring programs, as well as impairment charges, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. 
The restructuring charges listed in the table primarily consist of termination benefits.

2023 Restructuring plan

2023 Footprint Realignment Plan

2022 Restructuring plan

Respiratory divestiture plan

Other restructuring programs
Impairment charges (1)

Total

2023

2022

$ 

12.5  $ 

1.5 

3.1 

(0.9)   

(0.6)   

— 

— 

— 

15.5 

0.6 

2.7 

1.5 

$ 

15.6  $ 

20.3 

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded impairment charges of $1.5 million related to our decision to abandon certain 

assets.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and expense

Interest expense
Average interest rate on debt during the year
Interest income

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

85.1 

$ 

54.3 

 4.4 %

(12.8) 

$ 

 2.8 %
(0.9) 

The  increase  in  interest  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  to  the  prior  year  was 
primarily due to a higher average interest rate resulting from increases in interest rates associated with our variable 
interest rate debt instruments and an increase in average debt outstanding.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased compared to the prior year primarily due to 

higher investments in time deposits and money market mutual funds.

Gain on sale of assets and business

Gain on sale of assets and business

2023

2022

$ 

4.4  $ 

6.5 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  we  recognized  a  gain  related  to  the  second  phase  of  the 
Respiratory  divestiture.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  we  recognized  a  gain  related  to  a  sale  of  a 
building. 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt

2023

2022

$ 

—  $ 

0.5 

During the year ended December 31, 2022 we recognized a $0.5 million loss on extinguishment of debt due to 

the write off of unamortized deferring financing costs related to the amendment of our senior credit facility.

Taxes on income from continuing operations

Effective income tax rate

2023

2022

 17.6 %

 18.6 %

The effective income tax rate for 2023 was 17.6% compared to 18.6% for 2022. The effective income tax rate 
for 2023 reflects the impact of deferred charges resulting from a legal entity rationalization and the impact of a non-
taxable contingent consideration adjustment recognized in connection with a decrease in the estimated fair value of 
our  contingent  consideration  liabilities.  Additionally,  the  effective  income  tax  rate  for  2023  reflects  a  tax  benefit 
associated  with  the TRIP  pension  settlement  charge. The  effective  income  tax  rate  for  2022  reflects  tax  expense 
resulting  from  a  deferred  charge  relating  to  the  2022  Restructuring  Plan.  The  effective  income  tax  rates  for  both 
2023  and  2022  reflect  tax  expense  resulting  from  a  U.S.  law  effective  in  2022  requiring  capitalization  of  certain 
research and development expenditures. Additionally, the effective income tax rates for both 2023 and 2022 reflect 
a net excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation and a tax benefit from research and development tax 
credits.

During 2023, a significant number of individual Member States of the EU enacted legislation to establish a 15% 
global minimum tax in accordance with the Pillar Two EU directive. We continue to evaluate the impact the laws will 
have  on  our  consolidated  results  of  operations,  but  based  on  legislation  currently  enacted,  we  do  not  expect  the 
laws to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

35

 
 
Segment Results

Segment Net Revenues

Americas
EMEA
Asia
OEM

Segment Net Revenues

Segment Operating Profit

Americas
EMEA
Asia
OEM

Year Ended December 31,

% Increase/(Decrease)

2023
1,715.4  $ 
586.2 
346.9 
326.0 
2,974.5  $ 

2022
1,653.7 
558.4 
306.3 
272.6 
2,791.0 

$ 

$ 

2023 vs 2022

 3.7 
 5.0 
 13.2 
 19.6 
 6.6 

Year Ended December 31,

% Increase/(Decrease)

2023

2022

2023 vs 2022

$ 

453.1  $ 

52.2 
90.1 
86.2 

452.0 
42.5 
82.8 
65.4 
642.7 

 0.2 
 22.9 
 8.8 
 31.9 
 6.1 

Segment Operating Profit (1)

$ 

681.6  $ 

(1) See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of segment 

operating profit to our consolidated income from continuing operations before interest, loss on extinguishment of debt and taxes.

Americas

Americas net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $61.7 million, or 3.7%, compared to 
the prior year, which was primarily attributable to a $125.1 million increase in sales of new products, price increases 
and net revenues generated by the acquired Palette and Standard Bariatrics businesses, partially offset by a $114.5 
million decrease in sales volume of existing products. The increase in sales of new products and the decrease in 
sales of volumes of existing products primarily reflect the conversion to the next generation of an existing product.

Americas operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $1.1 million, or 0.2%, compared to 
the prior year, which was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales and price 
increases and a decrease in contingent consideration expense resulting from changes in the estimated fair value of 
our contingent consideration liabilities, partially offset by an increase in sales expenses to support higher sales and 
an increase in operating expenses incurred by the acquired Palette and Standard Bariatrics businesses.

EMEA

EMEA net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $27.8 million, or 5.0%, compared to the 
prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  $12.1  million  in  favorable  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates, price increases and an increase in sales of new products.

EMEA operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $9.7 million, or 22.9%, compared to the 
prior  year,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  lower  expenses  related  to  the  European  Union  Medical  Device 
Regulation  within  research  and  development  expenses  and  favorable  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates, partially offset by an increase in sales expenses to support higher sales.

Asia

Asia net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $40.6 million, or 13.2%, compared to the 
prior year, which was primarily attributable to a $25.5 million increase in sales volume of existing products and an 
$18.8  million  increase  in  sales  of  new  products,  partially  offset  by  unfavorable  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency 
exchange rates.

Asia operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $7.3 million, or 8.8%, compared to the 
prior year, which was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from higher sales, partially offset 
by unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and an increase in sales expenses to support higher 
sales.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OEM

OEM net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $53.4 million, or 19.6%, compared to the 
prior year, which was primarily attributable to a $28.3 million increase in sales volume of existing products and price 
increases.

OEM operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $20.8 million, or 31.9%, compared to the 
prior year, which was primarily attributable to an increase in gross profit resulting from price increases and higher 
sales, partially offset by higher research and development expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We  assess  our  liquidity  in  terms  of  our  ability  to  generate  cash  to  fund  our  operating,  investing  and  financing 
activities. Our principal source of liquidity is our cash flows provided by operating activities. Our cash flows provided 
by operating activities are reduced by cash used to, among other things, fulfill contractual obligations for minimum 
lease payments under noncancellable operating leases, which often extend beyond one year; the weighted average 
remaining lease term of our operating lease portfolio is 7.0 years. Our cash flows provided by operating activities 
are also reduced by cash used for unconditional legally binding commitments to purchase goods or services (i.e., 
purchase obligations), which are primarily related to inventory expected to be purchased within one year. 

Other significant factors that affect our overall management of liquidity include contractual obligations such as 
scheduled principal and interest payments with respect to outstanding indebtedness and tax on deemed repatriation 
of  non-U.S.  earnings,  which  will  be  paid  annually  over  the  next  three  years.  We  may  also  be  obligated  to  make 
payments for contingent consideration due to past acquisitions, the timing and amount of which may be uncertain, 
and  the  magnitude  of  which  can  vary  from  year  to  year.  Other  significant  factors  that  affect  our  liquidity  include 
certain actions controlled by management such as capital expenditures, acquisitions, and dividends. See Note 10, 
Note  12  and  Note  15  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
additional information.

We  believe  our  cash  flow  from  operations,  available  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  borrowings  under  our 
revolving  credit  facility  (which  is  provided  for  under  the  Credit Agreement)  and  accounts  receivable  securitization 
facility will enable us to fund our operating requirements, capital expenditures and debt obligations for the next 12 
months and the foreseeable future.

Of our $222.8 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2023, $196.7 million was held at non-U.S. 
subsidiaries.  We  manage  our  worldwide  cash  requirements  by  monitoring  the  funds  available  among  our 
subsidiaries and determining the extent to which we can access those funds on a cost effective basis.

In October 2023, the agreements related to our cross-currency swaps entered into in 2018 matured resulting in 
$43.0 million in cash settlement proceeds. On October 2, 2023, we executed new cross-currency swap agreements 
with six different financial institution counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro 
exchange  rate  (the  "2023  Cross-currency  swap  agreements").  Under  the  terms  of  the  new  swap  agreements,  we 
notionally exchanged $500 million at an interest rate of 4.63% for €474.7 million at an interest rate of 3.05%. The 
2023 Cross-currency swap agreements, which expire on October 4, 2025, are designated as net investment hedges 
and require an exchange of the notional amounts upon expiration or the earlier termination of the agreements. 

In  December  2023,  we  entered  into  a  zero  cost  foreign  exchange  collar  contract  that  aligns  with  the  notional 
amount and expiration date of the 2023 Cross-currency swaps. We sold a put option with a lower strike price and 
bought a call option with a higher strike price to manage the foreign exchange risk related to the final settlement of 
the  $500  million  notional  cross  currency  swaps.  Upon  the  execution  of  the  zero  cost  foreign  exchange  collar 
contract,  we  have  de-designated  the  existing  $500  million  notional  cross-currency  swaps  and  re-designated  the 
combined  $500  million  notional  cross  currency  swaps  and  zero  cost  collar  into  a  new  hedging  instrument. At  re-
designation,  the  existing  $500  million  notional  cross-currency  swaps  were  off-market  due  to  changes  in  foreign 
exchange rates and interest rates. The off-market value due to interest rates will be amortized ratably into earnings 
through  October  2025  and  the  off-market  value  due  to  foreign  exchange  rates  will  remain  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  until  the  underlying  net  investment  is  sold. The  combined  cross-currency  swaps  and  zero 
cost collar has been designated as a net investment hedge for accounting purposes.

Under  the  terms  of  our  outstanding  Euro  cross-currency  swap  agreements,  we  notionally  exchanged  in  the 
aggregate  $750  million  for  €693.9  million.  The  swap  agreements  begin  to  expire  in  March  2024.  We  and  the 
counterparties have agreed to effect the exchange through a net settlement. As a result, we may be required to pay 
(or be entitled to receive) an amount equal to the difference, on the expiration or earlier termination dates, between 

37

the  U.S.  dollar  equivalent  of  the  €693.9  million  notional  amount  and  the  $750  million  notional  amount.  If,  at  the 
expiration  or  earlier  termination  of  the  swap  agreements,  the  U.S.  dollar  to  euro  exchange  rate  has  increased  or 
decreased  by  10%  from  the  rate  in  effect  at  the  inception  of  these  agreements,  we  would  either  receive  an 
aggregate  payment  of  approximately  $34.4  million  from  the  counterparties  or  be  required  to  make  an  aggregate 
payment of approximately $75 million to the counterparties in respect of the notional settlement. As of December 31, 
2023, we had $16.5 million in current assets and $31.3 million in non-current liabilities related to the fair value of our 
cross-currency  swap  agreements.  The  swap  agreements  entail  risk  that  the  counterparties  will  not  fulfill  their 
obligations under the agreements. However, we believe the risk is reduced because we have entered into separate 
agreements with different counterparties, all of which are large, well-established financial institutions.

We may at any time, from time to time, repurchase our outstanding debt securities in open market purchases, 
via tender offers or in privately negotiated transactions, exchange transactions or otherwise, at such price or prices 
as  we  deem  appropriate.  Such  purchases  or  exchanges,  if  any,  will  depend  on  prevailing  market  conditions,  our 
liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors and may be commenced or suspended at any time.

Summarized Financial Information – Obligor Group

The  2027  Notes  are  issued  by  Teleflex  Incorporated  (the  “Parent  Company”),  and  payment  of  the  Parent 
Company's obligations  under the 2027 Notes is guaranteed, jointly and severally, by an enumerated group of the 
Parent Company’s subsidiaries (each, a “Guarantor Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The 
guarantees are full and unconditional, subject to certain customary release provisions. Each Guarantor Subsidiary is 
directly  or  indirectly  100%  owned  by  the  Parent  Company.  Summarized  financial  information  for  the  Parent  and 
Guarantor  Subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Obligor  Group”)  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  is  as 
follows:

Net revenue
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Income from continuing operations
Net income

Total current assets
Total assets
Total current liabilities
Total liabilities

Year Ended December 31, 2023

Obligor Group

Intercompany

Obligor Group 
(excluding 
intercompany)

$ 

2,128.2  $ 
1,363.3   
764.9   
260.7   
259.5   

262.5  $ 
366.4   
(103.9)  
181.9   
181.9   

1,865.7 
996.9 
868.8 
78.8 
77.6 

December 31, 2023

Obligor Group

Intercompany

Obligor Group 
(excluding 
intercompany)

$ 

927.9  $ 

222.1  $ 

3,500.2   
1,131.4   
5,120.8   

1,720.4   
872.2   
2,877.1   

705.8 
1,779.8 
259.2 
2,243.7 

The same accounting policies as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 are used by the Parent Company and each of 
its subsidiaries in connection with the summarized financial information presented above. The Intercompany column 
in the table above represents transactions between and among the Obligor Group and non-guarantor subsidiaries 
(i.e.,  those  subsidiaries  of  the  Parent  Company  that  have  not  guaranteed  payment  of  the  2027  Notes).  Obligor 
investments  in  non-guarantor  subsidiaries  and  any  related  activity  are  excluded  from  the  financial  information 
presented above. 

See "Financing Arrangements" below as well as Note 10 and Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements 
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  further  information  related  to  our  borrowings  and  financial 
instruments. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows

The following table provides a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

Cash flows from continuing operations provided by (used in):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Cash flows (used in) provided by discontinued operations
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

511.7  $ 
(621.2)   
38.5 
(1.0)   
2.8 
(69.2)  $ 

342.8 
(259.4) 
(217.5) 
0.8 
(19.8) 
(153.1) 

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  from  continuing  operations  was  $511.7  million  during  2023,  and 
$342.8 million during 2022. The $168.9 million increase was primarily attributable to lower tax payments, favorable 
changes in working capital and favorable operating results. The favorable changes in working capital were primarily 
driven by lower inventory purchases stemming from the build up of inventory in the prior year due to elevated global 
supply chain volatility.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $621.2 million during 2023, which primarily 
consisted of $603.9 million in net payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, primarily related to the Palette 
acquisition,  and  $91.4  million  of  capital  expenditures,  partially  offset  by  $63.1  million  in  net  interest  proceeds  on 
swaps  designated  as  net  investment  hedges  and  $15.0  million  in  proceeds  from  the  second  phase  of  the 
Respiratory divestiture.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  from  continuing  operations  was  $38.5  million  during  2023,  which 
primarily  consisted  of  $101.3  million  in  net  proceeds  from  borrowings  resulting  from  a  $600  million  draw  on  our 
Senior Credit facility to fund the acquisition of Palette, partially offset by payments against the Senior Credit facility. 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year also reflects $63.9 million in dividend payments.

For a discussion of our cash flow comparison for 2022 and 2021, refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 

the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 filed on February 23, 2023. 

Free Cash Flow

Free  cash  flow  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  and  is  calculated  by  subtracting  capital  expenditures  from 
cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations. This financial measure is used in addition to and in 
conjunction  with  results  presented  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  U.S.,  or 
GAAP,  and  should  not  be  considered  a  substitute  for  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  from  continuing 
operations,  the  most  comparable  GAAP  financial  measure.  Management  believes  that  free  cash  flow  is  a  useful 
measure  to  investors  because  it  facilitates  an  assessment  of  funds  available  to  satisfy  current  and  future 
obligations,  pay  dividends  and  fund  acquisitions.  We  also  use  this  financial  measure  for  internal  managerial 
purposes  and  to  evaluate  period-to-period  comparisons.  Free  cash  flow  is  not  a  measure  of  cash  available  for 
discretionary  expenditures  since  we  have  certain  non-discretionary  obligations,  such  as  debt  service,  that  are  not 
deducted from the measure. We strongly encourage investors to review our financial statements and publicly-filed 
reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following is a reconciliation of free cash 
flow to the most comparable GAAP measure.

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
Less: Capital expenditures

Free cash flow

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

511.7  $ 

91.5 

420.2  $ 

342.8 
79.2 
263.6 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Arrangements

Senior credit facility

On  November  4,  2022,  we  amended  and  restated  our  existing  credit  agreement  by  entering  into  a  Third 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the  “Credit Agreement”) which provides for a five-year revolving credit 
facility  of  $1.0  billion  and  a  term  loan  facility  of  $500.0  million.  The  obligations  under  the  Credit  Agreement  are 
guaranteed (subject to certain exceptions and limitations) by substantially all of our material domestic subsidiaries. 
The obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions and limitations, by a lien on 
substantially all of the assets owned by us and each guarantor. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility and 
the term loan facility under the Credit Agreement is November 4, 2027.

At  our  option,  loans  under  the  Credit Agreement  will  bear  interest  at  a  rate  equal  to  adjusted  Term  Secured 
Overnight Lending Rate (SOFR) plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.125% to 2.00% or at an alternate base 
rate, which is defined as the highest of (i) the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) 
0.50%  above  the  greater  of  the  federal  funds  rate  and  the  rate  comprised  of  both  overnight  federal  funds  and 
overnight  eurodollar  transactions  denominated  in  Dollars  and  (iii)  1.00%  above  the  Term  SOFR  Rate  for  a  one 
month  interest  period,  plus  an  applicable  margin  ranging  from  0.125%  to  1.00%,  in  each  case  subject  to 
adjustments based on our total net leverage ratio. Overdue loans will bear interest at the rate otherwise applicable 
to such loans plus 2.00%.

At December 31, 2023, we had $262.0 million in borrowings outstanding and $0.9 million in outstanding standby 

letters of credit under our $1.0 billion revolving credit facility.

The  Credit Agreement  contains  customary  representations  and  warranties  and  covenants  that,  in  each  case, 
subject  to  certain  exceptions,  qualifications  and  thresholds,  (a)  place  limitations  on  us  and  our  subsidiaries 
regarding the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional liens, fundamental changes, dispositions of property, 
investments  and  acquisitions,  dividends  and  other  restricted  payments,  transactions  with  affiliates,  restrictive 
agreements, changes in lines of business and swap agreements, and (b) require us and our subsidiaries to comply 
with sanction laws and other laws and agreements, to deliver financial information and certain other information and 
give notice of certain events, to maintain their existence and good standing, to pay their other obligations, to permit 
the  administrative  agent  and  the  lenders  to  inspect  their  books  and  property,  to  use  the  proceeds  of  the  Credit 
Agreement only for certain permitted purposes and to provide collateral in the future. Subject to certain exceptions, 
we are required to maintain a maximum total net leverage ratio of 4.50 to 1.00. We are further required to maintain a 
minimum  interest  coverage  ratio  of  3.50  to  1.00.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  were  in  compliance  with  the 
covenants in the Credit Agreement.

2027 and 2028 Senior Notes

As of December 31, 2023, the outstanding principal amount of our 2027 Notes and 2028 Notes (collectively the 
"Senior Notes") was $500 million, respectively. The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains covenants that, 
among other things among other things and subject to certain exceptions, limit or restrict our ability, and the ability 
of our subsidiaries, to create liens; consolidate, merge or dispose of certain assets; and enter into sale leaseback 
transactions. The obligations under the Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, 
by each of our existing and future 100% owned domestic subsidiaries that are a guarantor or other obligor under the 
Credit Agreement  and  by  certain  of  our  other  100%  owned  domestic  subsidiaries. As  of  December  31,  2023,  we 
were in compliance with all of the terms of our Senior Notes.

Accounts receivable securitization

We  have  an  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  under  which  we  sell  an  undivided  interest  in  domestic 
accounts receivable for consideration of up to $75 million to a commercial paper conduit. As of December 31, 2023 
and  2022,  we  borrowed  the  maximum  amount  available  of  $75  million  under  this  facility. This  facility  is  utilized  to 
provide  increased  flexibility  in  funding  short  term  working  capital  requirements.  The  agreement  governing  the 
accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  contains  certain  covenants  and  termination  events. An  occurrence  of  an 
event of default or a termination event under this facility may give rise to the right of our counterparty to terminate 
this facility. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with the covenants and none of the termination events 
had occurred.

For  additional  information  regarding  our  indebtedness,  see  Note  10  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

40

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make 
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent 
assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses 
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from the amounts derived from those estimates and 
assumptions. 

We have identified the following as critical accounting estimates, which are defined as those that are reflective 
of significant judgments and uncertainties, are the most pervasive and important to the presentation of our financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations  and  could  potentially  result  in  materially  different  results  under  different 
assumptions  and  conditions. The  following  discussion  should  be  considered  in  conjunction  with  the  description  of 
our accounting policies in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Inventory Utilization

Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  Factors  utilized  in  the  determination  of 
estimated net realizable value and whether a reserve is required include (i) current sales data and historical return 
rates, (ii) estimates of future demand, (iii) competitive pricing pressures, (iv) new product introductions, (v) product 
expiration dates, and (vi) component and packaging obsolescence.

We  review  the  net  realizable  value  of  inventory  each  reporting  period  and  adjust  as  necessary.  We  regularly 
compare  inventory  quantities  on  hand  against  historical  usage  or  forecasts  related  to  specific  items  in  order  to 
evaluate  obsolescence  and  excessive  quantities.  In  assessing  historical  usage,  we  also  qualitatively  assess 
business  trends  to  evaluate  the  reasonableness  of  using  historical  information  in  estimating  future  usage.  Our 
inventory reserve was $54.3 million and $47.1 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets

We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances 
indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For example, such an assessment may be initiated 
if, as a result of a change in expectations, we believe it is more likely than not that the asset will be sold or disposed 
of  significantly  before  the  end  of  its  useful  life  or  if  an  adverse  change  occurs  in  the  business  employing  the 
asset. Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether such events or circumstances have occurred 
and determining the appropriate asset group requiring evaluation. The recoverability evaluation is based on various 
analyses,  including  undiscounted  cash  flow  projections,  which  involve  significant  management  judgment.  Any 
impairment loss, if indicated, equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated 
fair value of the asset.

The increased use and the recent FDA approval of glucagon-like peptide 1 ("GLP-1") products for the treatment 
of  chronic  weight  management  has  impacted  the  demand  for  bariatric  surgery  procedures  and  our  Titan  SGS 
product line acquired as part of our 2022 acquisition of Standard Bariatrics Inc. Although the long term impact on 
bariatric procedures from GLP-1 products is uncertain, to the extent GLP-1 products reduce the long term demand 
for bariatrics surgery procedures and cause their prevalence to differ significantly from management’s expectations, 
we ultimately may find it necessary to recognize future impairment charges with respect to the related assets, which 
could be material.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets (such as goodwill, certain trade names and in-process research 
and  development  ("IPR&D")),  as  well  as  finite-lived  intangibles  (such  as  trade  names  that  do  not  have  indefinite 
lives,  customer  relationships,  intellectual  property,  distribution  rights  and  non-competition  agreements)  and  are, 
generally, obtained through acquisition. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at fair 
value  and  we  allocate  any  excess  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets 
acquired  in  a  business  combination  to  goodwill.  Considerable  management  judgment  is  necessary  in  making  the 
assumptions used in the estimated fair value of intangible assets acquired in a business combination.

The costs of finite-lived intangibles are amortized to expense over their estimated useful life. Determining the 
useful life of an intangible asset requires considerable judgment as different types of intangible assets typically will 
have  different  useful  lives.  Goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized;  we  test  these 

41

 
assets annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, using the first day of the quarter as the measurement date, 
or  earlier  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events  or  substantive  changes  in  circumstances  that  indicate  an 
impairment may have occurred. Such conditions may include an economic downturn in a geographic market or a 
change in the assessment of future operations.   

Goodwill

Goodwill impairment assessments are performed at a reporting unit level. For purposes of this assessment, our 
reporting units are our operating segments, or, in certain cases, a business one level below our operating segments. 
As the fair values of our reporting units are more likely than not greater than the carrying values, no impairment was 
recorded as a result of the annual goodwill impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2023. 

In applying the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but are 
not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market 
for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, and entity specific factors such as strategies 
and  financial  performance.  If,  after  completing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we  determine  it  is  more  likely  than  not 
that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value,  we  proceed  to  a  quantitative  impairment  test 
described below. Alternatively, we may test goodwill for impairment through the quantitative impairment test without 
conducting the qualitative analysis. 

Under  a  quantitative  impairment  test  we  compare  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  to  the  carrying  value.  We 
calculate  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  using  a  combination  of  two  methods;  one  which  estimates  the 
discounted  cash  flows  of  the  reporting  unit  based  on  projected  earnings  in  the  future  (the  Income Approach)  and 
one  which  is  based  on  revenue  and  EBITDA  of  similar  businesses  to  those  of  the  reporting  unit  in  actual 
transactions  (the  Market Approach).  If  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeds  the  carrying  value,  there  is  no 
impairment. If the reporting unit carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss based on 
the amount the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value.

The more significant judgments and assumptions in determining fair value using in the Income Approach include 
(1) the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, which are based primarily on our estimates of future sales, 
operating income, industry trends and the regulatory environment of the individual reporting units, (2) the expected 
long-term growth rates for each of our reporting units, which approximate the expected long-term growth rate of the 
global economy and of the medical device industry, and (3) the discount rates that are used to estimate the present 
value of the future cash flows, which are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the 
respective reporting units along with various market based inputs. The more significant judgments and assumptions 
used  in  the  Market  Approach  include  (1)  determination  of  appropriate  revenue  and  EBITDA  multiples  used  to 
estimate  a  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  and  (2)  the  selection  of  appropriate  comparable  companies  to  be  used  for 
purposes  of  determining  those  multiples.  There  were  no  changes  to  the  underlying  methods  used  in  2023  as 
compared to the valuations of our reporting units in the past several years. 

Our  expected  future  growth  rates  estimated  for  purposes  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  are  based  on  our 
estimates of future sales, operating income and cash flow and are consistent with our internal budgets and business 
plans, which reflect a modest amount of core revenue growth coupled with the successful launch of new products 
each year; the effect of these growth indicators more than offset volume losses from products that are expected to 
reach the end of their life cycle. Changes in assumptions underlying the Income Approach could cause a reporting 
unit's carrying value to exceed its fair value. While we believe our assumed growth rates of sales and cash flows are 
reasonable, the possibility remains that the revenue growth of a reporting unit may not be as high as expected, and, 
as  a  result,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  that  reporting  unit  may  decline.  In  this  regard,  if  our  strategy  and  new 
products are not successful and we do not achieve anticipated core revenue growth in the future with respect to a 
reporting  unit,  the  goodwill  in  the  reporting  unit  may  become  impaired  and,  in  such  case,  we  may  incur  material 
impairment  charges.  Moreover,  changes  in  revenue  and  EBITDA  multiples  in  actual  transactions  from  those 
historically  present  could  result  in  an  assessment  that  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value  exceeds  its  fair  value,  in 
which case we also may incur material impairment charges.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  are  assets  acquired  that  lack  physical  substance  and  that  meet  the  specified  criteria  for 
recognition  apart  from  goodwill.  Management  tests  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually,  and 
more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  an  impairment  may  have  occurred.  Similar  to 
the goodwill impairment test process, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than 
not  that  the  fair  value  of  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  If,  after  completing  the 

42

 
qualitative  assessment,  we  determine  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible 
asset is greater than its carrying amount, the asset is not impaired. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the 
fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  the  carrying  value,  we  then  proceed  to  a  quantitative 
impairment  test,  which  consists  of  a  comparison  of  the  fair  value  of  the  intangible  asset  to  its  carrying  amount. 
Alternatively,  we  may  elect  to  forgo  the  qualitative  analysis  and  test  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  for 
impairment through the quantitative impairment test. 

In connection with intangible assets acquired in a business combination and quantitative impairment tests, we 
determine  the  estimated  fair  value  using  various  methods  under  the  Income  Approach.  The  more  significant 
judgments  and  assumptions  used  in  the  valuation  of  intangible  assets  may  include  revenue  growth  rates,  royalty 
rate,  obsolescence  factor,  distributor  margin,  discount  rates,  attrition  rate,  and  EBITDA  margin.  Each  of  these 
factors and assumptions can significantly impact the value of the intangible asset. 

We did not record any impairment charges related to intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 
2023 and December 31, 2022. See "Restructuring and impairment charges" within "Result of Operations" above as 
well as Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional 
information on these charges. 

Contingent Consideration Liabilities

In connection with  an acquisition, we may be  required  to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the 
achievement  of  specified  objectives,  such  as  receipt  of  regulatory  approval,  commercialization  of  a  product  or 
achievement of sales targets. In a business combination, we record a contingent liability, as of the acquisition date, 
representing the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration we expect to pay. We determined the fair value 
of  the  contingent  consideration  liabilities  related  to  the  Palette  and  Standard  Bariatrics  acquisitions,  which 
represented  most  of  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities  at  December  31,  2023,  using  a  Monte  Carlo  valuation 
approach,  which  simulates  future  revenues  during  the  earn  out-period  using  management's  best  estimates.  We 
determined  the  fair  value  of  our  other  contingent  consideration  liabilities  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis. 
Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  the  assumptions  used  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent 
consideration.  Increases  in  projected  revenues  and  probabilities  of  payment  may  result  in  significantly  higher  fair 
value  measurements;  decreases  in  these  items  may  have  the  opposite  effect.  Increases  in  discount  rates  in  the 
periods  prior  to  payment  may  result  in  significantly  lower  fair  value  measurements;  decreases  may  have  the 
opposite effect. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for additional information.

We  remeasure  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities  each  reporting  period  and  recognize  the  change  in  the 
liabilities' fair value within selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of income. As 
of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  accrued  $39.5  million  and  $44.0  million  of  contingent  consideration, 
respectively, related to completed business combinations. 

If  the  transaction  is  determined  to  be  an  asset  acquisition  rather  than  a  business  combination,  a  contingent 

consideration liability is recognized when the specified objective is deemed probable and is estimable.

Income Taxes

Our  annual  provision  for  income  taxes  and  determination  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  require 
management  to  assess  uncertainties,  make  judgments  regarding  outcomes  and  utilize  estimates.  The  difficulties 
inherent in such assessments, judgments and estimates are particularly challenging because we conduct a broad 
range  of  operations  around  the  world,  subjecting  us  to  complex  tax  regulations  in  numerous  international 
jurisdictions. As a result, we are at times subject to tax audits, disputes with tax authorities and potential litigation, 
the  outcome  of  which  is  uncertain.  In  connection  with  its  estimates  of  our  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  management 
must, among other things, make judgments about the outcome of these uncertain matters. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  and  recorded  using  currently  enacted  tax  rates  that  are 
expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying 
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases are recovered or settled. The likelihood of a material 
change in our expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income, our ability to use foreign 
tax  credit  carryforwards  and  carrybacks,  final  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  tax  settlements,  changes  in  tax  law,  and  the 
effectiveness of our tax planning strategies in the various relevant jurisdictions. While management believes that its 
judgments and interpretations regarding income taxes are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience 
may require future adjustments to our tax assets and liabilities, which could be material.  

43

 
In  assessing  the  realizability  of  our  deferred  tax  assets,  we  evaluate  positive  and  negative  evidence  and  use 
judgments  regarding  past  and  future  events,  including  results  of  operations  and  available  tax  planning  strategies 
that could be implemented to realize the deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, we determine when it is 
more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, in which case we apply 
a  valuation  allowance  to  offset  the  amount  of  such  deferred  tax  assets.  To  the  extent  facts  and  circumstances 
change in the future, adjustments to the valuation allowances may be required. The valuation allowance for deferred 
tax assets of $95.7 million and $91.5 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, relates principally to the 
uncertainty of the utilization of tax loss and credit carryforwards in various jurisdictions.

Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  income  tax  provisions  and  in  evaluating  tax  positions.  We 
establish  additional  provisions  for  income  taxes  when,  despite  the  belief  that  tax  positions  are  supportable,  there 
remain  certain  positions  that  do  not  meet  the  minimum  probability  threshold,  which  is  a  tax  position  that  is  more 
likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  the  applicable  taxing  authority.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we are examined by various federal, state and non-U.S. tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential 
outcomes  of  these  examinations  and  any  future  examinations  for  the  current  or  prior  years  in  determining  the 
adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability and deferred 
taxes  in  any  period  in  which  we  become  aware  of  facts  that  necessitate  an  adjustment.  We  are  currently  under 
examination  in  Germany  and  Italy.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  these  examinations  could  result  in  increases  or 
decreases to our recorded tax liabilities, which would affect our financial results. See Note 15 to the consolidated 
financial  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional  information  regarding  our  uncertain  tax 
positions.

New Accounting Standards

See  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  a 
discussion  of  recently  issued  accounting  standards,  including  estimated  effects,  if  any,  of  the  adoption  of  those 
standards on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We  are  exposed  to  certain  financial  risks,  specifically  fluctuations  in  market  interest  rates,  foreign  currency 
exchange  rates  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  commodity  prices.  We  address  these  risks  through  a  risk  management 
program  that  includes  the  use  of  derivative  financial  instruments.  We  do  not  enter  into  derivative  instruments  for 
trading  or  speculative  purposes.  We  manage  our  exposure  to  counterparty  risk  on  derivative  instruments  by 
entering into contracts with a diversified group of major financial institutions and by actively monitoring outstanding 
positions. 

We also are exposed to changes in the market trading price of our common stock as it influences the valuation 

of stock options and their effect on earnings.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of our borrowing activities and our cash balances. The 
table below provides information regarding the interest rates by year of maturity for our fixed and variable rate debt 
obligations. Variable interest rates on the revolving credit facility and the term loan facility on December 31, 2023 
were determined using a base rate of the adjusted Term SOFR plus the applicable spread. The variable interest rate 
on  the  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  was  based  on  Bloomberg  Short-Term  Bank  Yield  Index  plus  the 
applicable spread.

Year of Maturity

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Thereafter

Total

Fixed rate debt

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$  500.0 

$  500.0 

$ 

— 

$ 

1,000.0 

Average interest rate

 — %

 — %

 — %

 4.625 %

 4.250 %

 — %

 4.438 %

Variable rate debt

$ 

87.5 

$ 

25.0 

$ 

25.0 

$  687.0 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

824.5 

Average interest rate

 6.392 %

 6.706 %

 6.706 %

 6.706 %

 — %

 — %

 6.673 %

A change of 1.0% in variable interest rates would increase or decrease annual interest expense by $8.2 million 

based on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2023.

44

 
 
Foreign Currency Risk

The global nature of our operations exposes us to foreign currency risks. These risks include exposure from the 
effect  of  fluctuating  exchange  rates  on  payables  and  receivables  as  well  as  intercompany  loans  relating  to 
transactions that are denominated in currencies other than a location’s functional currency and exposure that arises 
from  translating  the  results  of  our  worldwide  operations  to  the  U.S.  dollar  at  exchange  rates  that  have  fluctuated 
from  the  beginning  of  a  reporting  period.  Our  principal  currency  exposures  relate  to  the  Euro,  Chinese  Renminbi, 
Mexican  Peso,  Malaysia  Ringgit,  Swedish  Krona,  Canadian  Dollar,  Czech  Koruna,  and  British  Pound.  We  utilize 
foreign currency forward exchange contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap contracts to attempt to minimize 
our  exposure  to  these  risks.  Gains  and  losses  on  these  contracts  substantially  offset  losses  and  gains  on  the 
underlying hedged transactions.  

As of December 31, 2023, the total notional  amount  for the  foreign  currency  forward exchange contracts and 
cross-currency  interest  rates  swap  contracts,  expressed  in  U.S.  dollars,  was  $429.1  million  and  $770.0  million, 
respectively. A sensitivity analysis of changes in fair value of these contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2023, 
while  not  predictive  in  nature,  indicated  that  a  hypothetical  10%  increase/decrease  in  the  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar 
against all currencies would increase the fair value of these contracts by $63.7 million and decrease the fair value of 
these contracts by $61.6 million, respectively, the majority of which relates to the cross-currency interest rate swap 
contracts.

See  Note  11  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
information  regarding  the  accounting  treatment  of  our  foreign  currency  forward  exchange  contracts  and  cross-
currency interest rates swap contracts.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The  financial  statements  and  supplementary  data  required  by  this  Item  are  included  herein,  commencing  on 

page F-1.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on 
that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and 
procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  were  functioning  effectively  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and 
forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  disclosure. A  controls  system  cannot  provide 
absolute assurance, however, that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can 
provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  a  company  have  been 
detected.  We  acquired  Palette  on  October  10,  2023.  Consistent  with  the  guidance  provided  by  the  staff  of  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, management has excluded Palette from its assessment of the effectiveness 
of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023. The  net  revenues  attributable  to  Palette 
from  the  date  of  acquisition  through  December  31,  2023,  represent,  in  the  aggregate,  less  than  1%  of  our 
consolidated net revenues for the year then ended, and the total assets (excluding goodwill and intangible assets) 
attributable to Palette represent, in the aggregate, 1% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2023.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our  management’s  report  on  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  set  forth  on  page  F-2  of  this  Annual 

Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.

(c) Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

45

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has 
materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  In 
connection  with  our  acquisition  of  Palette,  we  are  in  the  process  of  evaluating  the  acquired  company's  internal 
controls to determine the extent to which modifications to Palette's internal controls would be appropriate.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, none of our directors or executive officers entered into, modified 
or terminated, contracts, instructions or written plans for the sale or purchase of our securities that were intended to 
satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1.

Legal Settlement

As previously disclosed, on June 26, 2023, a putative class action complaint captioned Ayers v. Kelly, C.A. No. 
2023-0655-SG (Del. Ch.) was filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Court”) against our Board 
and the Company (the “Action”). The plaintiff alleged in the complaint that the fixing of the record date more than 60 
days before the Company’s annual meeting held on May 5, 2023 (the “Annual Meeting”) violated Section 213(a) of 
the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (“DGCL”)  and  breached  the  directors’  fiduciary  duties.  According  to  the 
complaint, because the record date allegedly violated Section 213(a) of the DGCL, the actions taken at the Annual 
Meeting were invalid.  On July 14, 2023, the parties filed a stipulation dismissing the directors as defendants in the 
Action.

On  August  10,  2023,  the  Company  filed  a  petition  in  the  Court  (the  “Section  205  Petition”)  seeking  judicial 
validation pursuant to Section 205 of the DGCL of two actions approved by stockholders at the Annual Meeting, an 
amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to eliminate supermajority voting provisions (the “Charter 
Amendment”) and the adoption of a stock incentive plan (the “2023 Plan”).

On  September  18,  2023,  the  Court  held  a  hearing  on  the  Section  205  Petition.  Following  oral  argument,  the 
Court entered an Order and Final Judgment declaring valid and effective the Charter Amendment and 2023 Plan as 
of the date of the Annual Meeting pursuant to 8 Del. C. § 205 (the “Final Order”).

After the Court entered the Final Order on the Section 205 Petition, on October 4, 2023 the Court entered an 
Order  dismissing  the  Action.  The  Action  was  related  to,  but  independent  of,  the  Section  205  Petition  and  was 
dismissed as moot upon validation of the Section 205 Petition. The Action was dismissed with prejudice as to the 
plaintiff  named  in  the  Action  and  was  deemed  resolved  by  the  Company,  other  than  resolving  an  anticipated 
application for an award of attorneys’ fees and reimbursement of expenses from the Action by plaintiff’s attorneys (a 
“Mootness  Fee”).  Without  admitting  any  fault  or  wrongdoing,  the  Company  agreed  to  pay  $300,000  in  attorneys’ 
fees and expenses to the plaintiff’s counsel in the Action as the Mootness Fee to resolve this matter.

On  February  20,  2024,  the  Court  entered  an  order  closing  the  case  (the  “February  Order”),  subject  to  the 
Company filing an affidavit with the Court confirming  compliance  with  the  Court’s  February  Order.  In entering 
the February Order, the Court did not review, and did not pass judgment on, the payment of these attorneys’ fees 
and expenses.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

46

 
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  10  with  respect  to  our  Executive  Officers,  see  Part  I,  Item  1.  of  this 
report. For the other information required by this Item 10, see “Election Of Directors,” “Nominees for Election to the 
Board  of  Directors,”  “Corporate  Governance”  and  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance,”  in 
the Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy 
Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  11,  see  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,”  “Compensation 
Committee  Report,”  and  “Executive  Compensation”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2024  Annual  Meeting,  which 
information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  12  with  respect  to  beneficial  ownership  of  our  common  stock,  see 
“Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2024 Annual 
Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2023 regarding our equity plans:

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights (1)
(A)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants, and Rights

Number of Securities Remaining 
Available for Future Issuance 
Under Equity Compensation
 Plans (Excluding Securities 
Reflected in Column (A))

(B)

(C)

1,293,775

$239.55

3,939,853

(1)  The number of securities in column (A) exclude 85,772 shares of common stock underlying performance stock units if maximum performance 
levels  are  achieved;  the  actual  number  of  shares,  if  any,  to  be  issued  with  respect  to  the  performance  stock  units  will  be  based  on 
performance with respect to specified financial and relative stock price measures.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  13,  see  “Certain  Transactions”  and  “Corporate  Governance”  in  the 

Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

For  the  information  required  by  this  Item  14,  see  “Audit  and  Non-Audit  Fees”  and  “Audit  Committee  Pre-
Approval Procedures” in the Proxy Statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein 
by reference.

47

 
 ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Consolidated Financial Statements:

PART IV

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule is set forth on page F-1 of this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K.

(b)

Exhibits:

The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this report (unless otherwise

indicated, the file number with respect to each filed document is 1-5353):

Exhibit No.

Description

*3.1 — Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2023).

*3.2 — Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 

Company's Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2023).

*4.1.1 — Indenture,  dated  May  16,  2016,  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National 
Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-3 (File No 333-211276) filed on May 11, 2016).

*4.1.2 — Fourth  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  November  20,  2017,  by  and  among  the  Company,  the 
guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2017).

*4.1.3 — Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated June 6, 2019, by and among Teleflex LLC, the Company and 
Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1.3  to  the 
Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2022).

*4.1.4 — Eighth  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  February  25,  2021,  by  and  among  Z-Medica,  LLC,  the 
Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.4 to 
the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2022).

*4.1.5

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated November 7, 2022, by and among Standard Bariatrics, Inc., 
Traverse  Vascular,  Inc.,  the  Company  and  Computershare Trust  Company,  N.A.  (as  successor  to 
Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1.5  to  the 
Company's Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2023).

*4.1.6 — Form of 4.625% Senior Note due 2027 (included in Exhibit 4.1.2).

*4.2.1 — Indenture,  dated  May  27,  2020,  by  and  among  the  Company,  the  guarantors  party  thereto  and 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2020).

*4.2.2 — First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  February  25,  2021,  by  and  among  Z-Medica,  LLC,  the 
Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2.2 to 
the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2012).

*4.2.3 — Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 7, 2022, by and among Standard Bariatrics, Inc., 
Traverse  Vascular,  Inc.,  the  Company  and  Computershare Trust  Company,  N.A.  (as  successor  to 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association).

*4.2.4 — Form of 4.25% Senior Note due 2028 (included in Exhibit 4.2.1).

4.3 — Description  of  Company  securities  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of 

1934.

^10.1 — Teleflex  Incorporated  Retirement  Income  Plan  (formerly  known  as  the  Teleflex  Incorporated 
Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan), as amended and restated effective August 1, 2023.
^*10.2.1 — Teleflex  Incorporated  Directors'  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  dated  November  22,  2019 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-K  filed  on  February  21, 
2020).

^*10.2.2 — Teleflex  Incorporated  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  dated  November  22,  2019  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on February 21, 2020).
^*10.3.1 — Amended and Restated Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, effective as of January 1, 2019 (incorporated 

by reference to Exhibit 10.3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2022).

^*10.3.2 — First Amendment to Teleflex 401(k) Savings Plan, dated April 1, 2021 (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2022).

48

 
Exhibit No.

Description

^*10.3.3 — Second  Amendment  to  Teleflex  401(k)  Savings  Plan,  dated  November  7,  2022  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3.3 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2023).
^*10.4.1 — 2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Appendix A  to  the  Company’s  definitive 
Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 21, 2008).
^*10.4.2 — Amendment,  dated  March  28,  2012,  to  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 1, 2012).

^*10.5 — Teleflex  Incorporated  2016  Executive  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Appendix A  to 
the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  filed  on 
March 24, 2016).

^*10.6 — Teleflex  Incorporated  2014  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Appendix A  to  the 
Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 
28, 2014).

^*10.7 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company and Liam 
Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017).
^*10.8 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between the Company and 
Liam Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 
2017).

^*10.9 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 26, 2013, between the Company and 
Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on 
April 30, 2013).

^*10.10 — Executive  Change  In  Control  Agreement,  dated  March  26,  2013,  between  the  Company  and 
Thomas E. Powell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on 
April 30, 2013).

^*10.11 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 17, 2016, between the Company 
and  Cameron  P.  Hicks  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.20  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-K 
filed on February 25, 2016).

^*10.12 — Executive  Change  In  Control  Agreement,  dated  February  17,  2016,  between  the  Company  and 
Cameron P. Hicks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on 
February 25, 2016).

^*10.13 — Contract of Employment, dated March 24, 2020, by and between the Company and James Winters 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2020).

^*10.14 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated March 24, 2020, between the Company and 
James  Winters  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  filed  on 
April 30, 2020).

^*10.15 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated March 24, 2020, between the Company and James 
Winters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 
2020).

^*10.16 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated January 1, 2021, between the Company and 
Daniel V. Logue (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on 
February 25, 2021).

^*10.17 — Executive Change In Control Agreement, dated January 1, 2021, between the Company and Daniel 
V. Logue (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's Form 10-K filed on February 
25, 2021).

^*10.18 — Senior Executive Officer Severance Agreement, dated February 25, 2021, between the Company 
and Jay White (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q filed on April 
29, 2021).

^*10.19 — Executive Change In Control  Agreement, dated February 25, 2021, between the Company and Jay 
White  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company's  Form  10-Q  filed  on April  29, 
2021).

*10.20 — Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November 4, 2022, among the Company, 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., PNC Bank, National 
Association, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and HSBC Securities (USA) INC., as co-
syndication agents, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and each other party 
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 
10, 2022).

^*10.21 — Teleflex  Incorporated  2023  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to Appendix A  to  the 
Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on March 
31, 2023).

49

Exhibit No.

Description

^10.22 — Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 2023 Stock Incentive Plan.
^10.23 — Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2023 Stock Incentive Plan.
^10.24 — Form of Performance Stock Unit Agreement under the Company’s 2023 Stock Incentive Plan.

21 — Subsidiaries of the Company.
*22 — List of subsidiary guarantors and guaranteed securities (incorporated by reference to exhibit 22 to 

the Company's Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2023).

23 — Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
31.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
32.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.
32.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Exchange Act.
^97 — Policy relating to recovery of erroneously awarded compensation, as required by applicable listing 

standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

101.1 — The  following  materials  from  our Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2023,  formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  December  31,  2022  and 
December  31,  2021;  (ii)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  years 
ended  December  31,  2023,  December  31,  2022  and  December  31,  2021;  (iii)  the  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022;  (iv)  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  December  31,  2022  and 
December  31,  2021;  (v)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Equity  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

104.1 — The cover page of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 

2023, formatted in inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101.1).

_____________________________________________________
* 
^ 

Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of the filing indicated and incorporated herein by reference.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

 ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Registrants may voluntarily include a summary of information required by Form 10-K under this Item 16. We 

have elected not to include such summary information.

50

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized as of the 
date indicated below.

SIGNATURES

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and as of the date indicated below.

By:

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer 
and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

By:

/s/ John R. Deren

John R. Deren
Corporate Vice President and Chief Accounting 
Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

By:

By:

By:

By:

/s/ Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Dr. Stephen K. Klasko
Director

/s/ Andrew A. Krakauer
Andrew A. Krakauer
Director

/s/ Neena M. Patil
Neena M. Patil
Director

/s/ Stuart A. Randle
Stuart A. Randle
Director

Dated: February 23, 2024 

/s/ Candace H. Duncan
Candace H. Duncan
Director

/s/ Gretchen R. Haggerty
Gretchen R. Haggerty
Director

/s/ John C. Heinmiller
John C. Heinmiller
Director

/s/ Jaewon Ryu
Dr. Jaewon Ryu
Director

By:

By:

By:

By:

51

 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 
2021

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Shareholders'  Equity  as  of  and  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Schedule II Valuation and qualifying accounts as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 
and 2021

Page

F-2

F-3

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10

Page

52

F-1

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Teleflex Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing 
and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a 
process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
effected by the Company's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  provide  reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December  31,  2023.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  framework  established  in  Internal 
Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO).  As  a  result  of  this  assessment  and  based  on  the  criteria  in  the  COSO  framework, 
management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
was effective.

The Company acquired Palette Life Sciences AB ("Palette") on October 10, 2023. Management has excluded 
Palette from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. The net revenues 
attributable  to  Palette  from  the  date  of  acquisition  through  December  31,  2023,  represent,  in  the  aggregate,  less 
than  1%  of  our  consolidated  net  revenues  for  the  year  then  ended  and  total  assets  (excluding  goodwill  and 
intangible  assets)  attributable  to  Palette  represent,  in  the  aggregate,  1%  of  our  consolidated  total  assets  as  of 
December 31, 2023.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been 
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report 
which appears herein.

/s/ Liam J. Kelly

Liam J. Kelly

/s/ Thomas E. Powell

Thomas E. Powell

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 23, 2024

F-2

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Teleflex Incorporated

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement 
schedule,  of  Teleflex  Incorporated  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  listed  in  the  accompanying  index 
(collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO).  

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the results of its operations and its cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles 
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America. Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on criteria established in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our 
responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the 
Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB. Those  standards  require  that  we  plan 
and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free 
of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material 
misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures 
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts 
and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting 
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of 
the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and 
testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our 
audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As  described  in  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting,  management  has  excluded 
Palette Life Sciences, AB (“Palette”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2023 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2023. We have also 
excluded  Palette  from  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Palette  is  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary 
whose  total  assets  and  total  revenues  excluded  from  management’s  assessment  and  our  audit  of  internal  control 
over financial reporting represent 1% and less than 1%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement 
amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable 

F-3

assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may 
become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated 
financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i) 
relates  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii)  involved  our 
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter 
in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on  the 
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Acquisition of Palette - Valuation of Intellectual Property and Trade Names Intangible Assets

As described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisition of Palette 
on  October  10,  2023.  The  fair  value  of  consideration  transferred  was  $621.9  million,  consisting  of  net  cash 
payments of $594.9 million and $27.0 million in estimated fair value of contingent consideration. Of the identifiable 
intangible assets acquired, $264.0 million of intellectual property and $40.5 million of trade names intangible assets 
were recorded. As disclosed by management, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured 
at fair value using various methods under the income approach. The more significant judgments and assumptions 
used  in  the  valuation  of  intangible  assets  may  include  revenue  growth  rates,  royalty  rate,  obsolescence  factor, 
distributor margin, discount rates, and EBITDA margin.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of intellectual 
property and trade names intangible assets related to the acquisition of Palette is a critical audit matter are (i) the 
significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimates of the intellectual property and trade 
names intangible assets; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and 
evaluating  management’s  significant  assumptions  related  to  the  revenue  growth  rates,  royalty  rate,  obsolescence 
factor, distributor margin, discount rate, and EBITDA margin used to value the intellectual property intangible asset, 
and the revenue growth rates, royalty rate, and discount rate used to value the trade names intangible asset; and 
(iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of 
controls  relating  to  the  acquisition  accounting,  including  controls  over  management’s  valuation  of  the  intellectual 
property  and  trade  names  intangible  assets  related  to  the  acquisition.  These  procedures  also  included,  among 
others  (i)  reading  the  purchase  agreement  and  (ii)  testing  management’s  process  for  developing  the  fair  value 
estimates  of  the  intellectual  property  and  trade  names  intangible  assets. Testing  management’s  process  included 
evaluating the appropriateness of the income approach, testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data 
used  in  the  income  approach,  and  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  the  aforementioned  significant  assumptions. 
Evaluating  management’s  assumptions  related  to  the  revenue  growth  rates  and  EBITDA  margin  involved 
considering the current and past performance of the Palette business, the consistency with economic and industry 
data,  and  whether  these  assumptions  were  consistent  with  evidence  obtained  in  other  areas  of  the  audit.  
Professionals  with  specialized  skill  and  knowledge  were  used  to  assist  in  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  the 
income approach and the reasonableness of the royalty rate, obsolescence factor, distributor margin, and discount 
rate  assumptions  used  to  value  the  intellectual  property  intangible  asset  and  the  royalty  rate  and  discount  rate 
assumptions used to value the trade names intangible asset.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 23, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1962. 

F-4

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Net revenues
Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
Pension settlement charge
Restructuring and impairment charges
Gain on sale of assets and business

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on 
extinguishment of debt and taxes

Interest expense
Interest income
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income from continuing operations before taxes

Taxes on income from continuing operations

Income from continuing operations

Operating (loss) income from discontinued operations
(Benefit) taxes on operating loss from discontinued operations

(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic:

Income from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income

Diluted:

Income from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Net income

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except
 per share)
$ 2,974,489  $ 2,791,041  $ 2,809,563 
  1,259,961 
  1,259,954 
  1,327,558 
  1,549,602 
  1,531,087 
  1,646,931 
860,085 
863,748 
929,867 
130,841 
153,819 
154,351 
— 
— 
45,244 
21,738 
20,299 
15,604 
(91,157) 
(6,504)   
(4,448)   

499,725 
54,264 

506,313 
85,082 
(12,781)   

— 
434,012 
76,440 
357,572 

628,095 
56,969 
(1,328) 
12,986 
559,468 
74,349 
485,119 
331 
76 
255 
$  356,328  $  363,139  $  485,374 

(912)   
454 
445,919 
83,003 
362,916 
260 
37 
223 

(1,608)   
(364)   
(1,244)   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.61  $ 
(0.03)   
7.58  $ 

7.56  $ 
(0.03)   
7.53  $ 

7.74  $ 
— 
7.74  $ 

7.67  $ 
0.01 
7.68  $ 

10.37 
0.01 
10.38 

10.23 
— 
10.23 

46,981 
47,304 

46,898 
47,309 

46,774 
47,427 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Foreign currency:

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of 
$7,182, $(6,634) and $(5,563), respectively

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans:

Prior service cost recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of 
$233, $232 and $232, respectively
Unamortized gain (loss) arising during the period, net of tax 
of $(2,284), $850 and $(1,671), respectively
Plan settlement charge, net of tax of $(10,352), $0 and $0, 
respectively
Net loss recognized in net periodic cost, net of tax of 
$(1,844), $(1,778) and $(1,988), respectively
Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $145, $(366) and 
$(238), respectively

Pension and other postretirement benefits plans adjustment, net 

of tax

Derivatives qualifying as hedges:

Unrealized gain on derivatives arising during the period, net 
of tax $123, $(551) and $(27), respectively
Reclassification adjustment on derivatives included in net 
income, net of tax of $385, $203 and $62, respectively

Derivatives qualifying as hedges, net of tax

 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 Comprehensive income

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

(Dollars in thousands)

$  356,328  $  363,139  $  485,374 

44,902 

44,902 

(62,904)   

(63,191) 

(62,904)   

(63,191) 

(775)   

(785)   

(780) 

7,922 

(3,649)   

5,582 

34,892 

— 

— 

6,145 

5,882 

6,555 

(434)   

1,043 

610 

47,750 

2,491 

11,967 

8,314 

7,179 

351 

(11,849)   

(3,329)   

(3,535)   

3,850 

1,212 

1,563 

89,117 

(56,563)   

(49,661) 

$  445,445  $  306,576  $  435,713 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

2023
2022
(Dollars and shares in 
thousands, except per share)

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid taxes

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Goodwill
Intangibles assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current borrowings
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
Accrued interest
Income taxes payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities
Noncurrent liability for uncertain tax positions
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity

Common shares, $1 par value Issued: 2023 — 48,046 shares; 2022 — 47,957 

shares

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Less: Treasury stock, at cost

Total shareholders' equity

$ 

222,848  $ 
443,467 
626,216 
107,471 
7,404 
1,407,406 
479,913 
123,521 
2,914,055 
2,501,960 
6,748 
98,943 

292,034 
408,834 
578,507 
125,084 
6,524 
1,410,983 
447,205 
131,211 
2,536,730 
2,306,165 
6,402 
89,367 
$  7,532,546  $  6,928,063 

$ 

87,500  $ 

132,247 
146,880 
146,535 
5,583 
41,453 
46,547 
606,745 
1,727,572 
456,080 
23,989 
3,370 
111,300 

162,502 
3,091,558 

87,500 
126,807 
140,644 
133,092 
5,332 
24,736 
63,381 
581,492 
1,624,023 
388,886 
31,394 
5,805 
120,437 

154,058 
2,906,095 

48,046 
749,712 
4,109,736 

(314,405)   
4,593,089 
152,101 
4,440,988 

47,957 
715,118 
3,817,304 

(403,522) 
4,176,857 
154,889 
4,021,968 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$  7,532,546  $  6,928,063 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Loss (income) from discontinued operations
Depreciation expense
Intangible asset amortization expense
Deferred financing costs and debt discount amortization expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Pension settlement charge
Fair value step up of acquired inventory sold
Changes in contingent consideration
Assets impairment charges
Stock-based compensation
Gain on sale of assets and business
Deferred income taxes, net
Payments for contingent consideration
Interest benefit on swaps designated as net investment hedges
Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and disposals:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
Income taxes

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing operations:

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
Payments for businesses and intangibles acquired, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from sales of business and assets
Net interest proceeds on swaps designated as net investment hedges
Proceeds from sales of investments
Purchase of investments

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing operations:

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities from continuing operations

Proceeds from new borrowings
Reduction in borrowings
Debt extinguishment, issuance and amendment fees
Net proceeds from share based compensation plans and the related tax impacts
Payments for contingent consideration
Dividends paid
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from continuing operations

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by investing activities
Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued operations
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

(Dollars in thousands)

$  356,328  $  363,139  $  485,374 

1,244 
68,144 
173,974 
3,400 
— 
45,244 
1,536 
(27,243) 
— 
31,465 
(4,448) 
(13,046) 

(289) 
(18,814) 
5,960 

(15,763) 
(41,068) 
(11,420) 
(31,258) 
(12,263) 
511,683 

(91,442) 
(603,920) 
15,000 
63,134 
7,300 
(11,300) 
(621,228) 

646,000 
(544,750) 
— 
5,190 
(4,004) 
(63,896) 
— 
38,540 

(223) 
66,502 
164,088 
4,053 
454 
— 
— 
2,350 
1,497 
27,224 
(6,504) 
(13,008) 

(3,016) 
(20,880) 
(2,906) 

(38,459) 
(110,686) 
13,420 
(24,786) 
(79,453) 
342,806 

(79,190) 
(198,429) 
12,434 
20,775 
7,300 
(22,300) 
(259,410) 

(255) 
71,758 
165,604 
4,493 
12,986 
— 
3,993 
8,475 
6,739 
22,937 
(91,157) 
(110,239) 

(230) 
(19,296) 
(36,388) 

(600) 
(11,138) 
(28,410) 
94,020 
73,473 
652,139 

(71,618) 
(4,590) 
224,909 
19,154 
7,300 
(18,418) 
156,737 

744,250 
(884,500) 
(5,200) 
(4,308) 
(3,959) 
(63,789) 
— 
(217,506) 

400,000 
  (1,034,500) 
(9,774) 
12,451 
(31,448) 
(63,648) 
11,097 
(715,822) 

(1,045) 
— 
(1,045) 
2,864 
(69,186) 
292,034 

(720) 
— 
(720) 
(23,130) 
69,204 
375,880 
$  222,848  $  292,034  $  445,084 

(665) 
1,469 
804 
(19,744) 
(153,050) 
445,084 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock

Shares

Dollars

Additional
Paid in 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive
Loss (income)

Treasury Stock

Shares

Dollars

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity

(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 47,812  $ 47,812  $  652,305  $ 3,096,228  $ 

(297,298) 

  1,132  $ (162,590)  $  3,336,457 

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive loss

Shares issued under 
compensation plans

Treasury stock reissued

 Deferred compensation

117 

  — 

117 

— 

33,989 

6,349 

447 

  485,374 

(63,648) 

(49,661) 

485,374 

(63,648) 

(49,661) 

34,453 

11,097 

676 

(31) 

(28) 

(4) 

347 

4,748 

229 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 47,929 

 47,929 

  693,090 

  3,517,954 

(346,959) 

  1,069 

 (157,266) 

3,754,748 

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive income

Shares issued under compensation 
plans

 Deferred compensation

  363,139 

(63,789) 

(56,563) 

(32) 

(5) 

1,544 

833 

363,139 

(63,789) 

(56,563) 

23,502 

931 

28 

28 

21,930 

98 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 47,957 

 47,957 

  715,118 

  3,817,304 

(403,522) 

  1,032 

 (154,889) 

4,021,968 

Net income

Cash dividends ($1.36 per share)

Other comprehensive income

Shares issued under compensation 
plans

Deferred compensation

89 

89 

34,270 

324 

  356,328 

(63,896) 

89,117 

(21) 

(5) 

2,787 

1 

356,328 

(63,896) 

89,117 

37,146 

325 

Balance at December 31, 2023

 48,046  $ 48,046  $  749,712  $ 4,109,736  $ 

(314,405) 

  1,006  $ (152,101)  $  4,440,988 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 (all tabular amounts in thousands unless otherwise noted)

Note 1 — Summary of significant accounting policies 

Consolidation:  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Teleflex  Incorporated  and  its 
subsidiaries  (referred  to  herein  as  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and  “Teleflex").  Intercompany  transactions  are  eliminated  in 
consolidation. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and reflect management’s estimates and assumptions 
that affect the recorded amounts.

Use  of  estimates:  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of 
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  net  revenues 
and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents: All highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less 

are classified as cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates the current market value.

Accounts  receivable:  Accounts  receivable  represent  amounts  due  from  customers  related  to  the  sale  of 
products  and  provision  of  services.  Our  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  maintained  for  trade  accounts  receivable 
based on the expected collectability of accounts receivable and losses expected to be incurred over the life of our 
receivables. Considerations to determine credit losses include our historical collection experience, the length of time 
an account is outstanding, the financial position of the customer, information provided by credit rating services, as 
well  as  the  consideration  of  events  or  circumstances  indicating  historic  collection  rates  may  not  be  indicative  of 
future  collectability.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022  was 
$9.5  million  and  $8.6  million,  respectively.  The  current  portion  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses,  which  was 
$5.5 million and $4.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, was recognized as a 
reduction of accounts receivable, net. 

Inventories:  Inventories  are  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  The  cost  of  our  inventories  is 
determined using the first in, first out cost method. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor, 
and  manufacturing  overhead.  In  estimating  net  realizable  value,  we  evaluate  inventory  for  excess  and  obsolete 
quantities based on estimated usage and sales, among other factors.

Property,  plant  and  equipment:  Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated 
depreciation.  Costs  incurred  to  develop  internal-use  computer  software  during  the  application  development  stage 
generally are capitalized. Costs of enhancements to internal-use computer software are capitalized, provided that 
these enhancements result in additional functionality. Other additions and those improvements which increase the 
capacity  or  lengthen  the  useful  lives  of  the  assets  are  also  capitalized.  Composite  useful  lives  for  categories  of 
property, plant and equipment, which are depreciated on a straight-line basis, are as follows: buildings — 30 years; 
machinery  and  equipment  —  3  to  15  years;  computer  equipment  and  software  —  3  to  10  years.  Leasehold 
improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful lives of the leasehold improvements or the remaining 
lease term. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and other intangible assets: Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but 
are  tested  for  impairment  annually  during  the  fourth  quarter  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances  indicate  that  an  impairment  may  exist.  Impairment  losses,  if  any,  are  included  in  income  from 
operations. The goodwill impairment test is applied to each of our reporting units. For purposes of this assessment, 
a  reporting  unit  is  an  operating  segment,  or  a  business  one  level  below  an  operating  segment  (also  known  as  a 
component)  if  discrete  financial  information  is  prepared  for  that  business  and  regularly  reviewed  by  segment 
management.  However,  separate  components  are  aggregated  as  a  single  reporting  unit  if  they  have  similar 
economic characteristics.

In performing the goodwill impairment test, we may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors may include, but 
are  not  limited  to,  macroeconomic  conditions,  industry  conditions,  the  competitive  environment,  changes  in  the 
market  for  our  products  and  services,  regulatory  and  political  developments,  and  entity  specific  factors  such  as 
strategies and financial performance. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a quantitative impairment 

F-10

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

test, described below. Alternatively, we may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative 
impairment test. Under a quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying 
value. If the reporting unit fair value exceeds the carrying value, there is no impairment. If the reporting unit carrying 
value  exceeds  the  fair  value,  we  recognize  an  impairment  loss  based  on  the  amount  the  carrying  value  of  the 
reporting  unit  exceeds  its  fair  value.  We  did  not  record  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2023.

Our  intangible  assets  consist  of  customer  relationships,  intellectual  property,  distribution  rights,  in-process 
research  and  development  ("IPR&D"),  trade  names  and  non-competition  agreements.  We  define  IPR&D  as  the 
value of technology acquired for which the related projects have substance and are incomplete. IPR&D acquired in 
a business acquisition is recognized at fair value and is required to be capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible 
asset  until  completion  of  the  IPR&D  project  or  upon  abandonment.  Upon  completion  of  the  development  project 
(generally when regulatory approval to market the product that utilizes the technology is obtained), an impairment 
assessment  is  performed  prior  to  amortizing  the  asset  over  its  estimated  useful  life.  If  the  IPR&D  projects  are 
abandoned, the related IPR&D assets would be written off. 

We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Similar to the goodwill impairment test process, we 
may  elect  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment.  If,  after  completing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we  determine  it  is 
more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is greater than its carrying amount, the 
asset  is  not  impaired.  If  we  conclude  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible 
asset  is  less  than  the  carrying  value,  we  then  proceed  to  a  quantitative  impairment  test,  which  consists  of  a 
comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying amount.  

Intangible  assets  that  do  not  have  indefinite  lives,  consisting  of  intellectual  property,  customer  relationships, 
distribution rights, certain trade names and non-competition agreements, are amortized over their estimated useful 
lives,  which  are  as  follows:  intellectual  property,  5  to  20  years;  customer  relationships,  8  to  27  years;  distribution 
rights, 10 years; trade names, 15 to 30 years. The weighted average remaining amortization period with respect to 
our intangible assets is approximately 14 years. We periodically evaluate the reasonableness of the useful lives of 
these assets.

Long-lived assets: We assess the remaining useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events 
or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable. The  assessment  is 
based  on  various  analyses,  including  undiscounted  cash  flow  and  profitability  projections  that  incorporate,  as 
applicable,  the  impact  of  the  asset  on  the  existing  business.  Therefore,  the  evaluation  involves  significant 
management judgment. Any impairment loss, if indicated, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount 
of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. 

Foreign  currency  translation: Assets  and  liabilities  of  subsidiaries  with  non-United  States  dollar  denominated 
functional currencies are translated into United States dollars at the rates of exchange at the balance sheet date; 
income  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the  average  rates  of  exchange  prevailing  during  the  year. The  translation 
adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Derivative  financial  instruments:  We  use  derivative  financial  instruments  primarily  for  purposes  of  hedging 
exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. All instruments are entered into for other than trading 
purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives 
are recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as other comprehensive income (loss), if the 
instrument is designated as part of a hedge transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments reported in other 
comprehensive  income  (loss)  are  reclassified  to  the  consolidated  statement  of  income  in  the  period  in  which 
earnings are affected by the underlying hedged item. Gains or losses on derivative instruments representing hedge 
ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, if any, are recognized in the 
consolidated statement of income for the period in which such gains and losses occur. If the hedging relationship 
ceases  to  be  highly  effective  or  it  becomes  probable  that  an  expected  transaction  will  no  longer  occur,  gains  or 
losses  on  the  derivative  instrument  are  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  income  for  the  period  in  which 
either  such  event  occurs.  For  non-designated  derivatives,  gains  and  losses  are  reported  as  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income. Cash flows from derivatives are recognized in the 
consolidated statements of cash flows in a manner consistent with the recognition of the underlying transactions.

Share-based  compensation:  We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  share-based  awards  on  the  date  of  grant  using  an 
option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, which is derived, in 

F-11

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

part, following consideration of estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. 
Share-based  compensation  expense  related  to  stock  options  is  measured  using  a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing 
model that takes into account subjective and complex assumptions with respect to the expected life of the options, 
volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. The expected life of options granted is derived from the 
vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that options 
granted  are  expected  to  be  outstanding.  Expected  volatility  is  based  on  a  blend  of  historical  volatility  and  implied 
volatility derived from publicly traded options to purchase our common stock, which we believe is more reflective of 
market  conditions  and  a  better  indicator  of  expected  volatility  than  would  be  the  case  if  we  only  used  historical 
volatility. The risk-free interest rate is the implied yield currently available on United States (or "U.S.") Treasury zero-
coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of 
grant  based  on  management’s  expectations  regarding  the  extent  to  which  awards  ultimately  will  vest  and  are 
adjusted for actual forfeitures when they occur.

Income taxes: The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting 
for  income  taxes.  Under  this  approach,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  to  reflect  the  future  tax 
consequences  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets 
and  liabilities  and  their  tax  bases,  and  to  reflect  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards.  The  provision  for 
income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during 
the year. Provision has been made for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates, except to 
the extent that such earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested.

Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  income  tax  provisions  and  in  evaluating  tax  positions.  We 
establish  additional  provisions  for  income  taxes  when,  despite  the  belief  that  tax  positions  are  supportable,  there 
remain  certain  positions  that  do  not  meet  the  minimum  probability  threshold,  which  is  a  tax  position  that  is  more 
likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  the  applicable  taxing  authority.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we are examined by various federal, state and non-U.S. tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential 
outcomes  of  these  examinations  and  any  future  examinations  for  the  current  or  prior  years  in  determining  the 
adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Interest accrued with respect to unrecognized tax benefits and income 
tax related penalties are both included in taxes on income from continuing operations. We periodically assess the 
likelihood  and  amount  of  potential  adjustments  and  adjust  the  income  tax  provision,  the  current  tax  liability  and 
deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to an adjustment become known.

Pensions  and  other  postretirement  benefits:  We  provide  a  range  of  benefits  to  eligible  employees  and  retired 
employees,  including  benefits  available  pursuant  to  pension  and  postretirement  healthcare  benefits  plans.  We 
record annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions 
such  as  discount  rates,  expected  rates  of  return  on  plan  assets,  compensation  increases,  turnover  rates  and 
healthcare cost trend rates. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the 
assumptions  based  on  current  rates  and  trends  when  appropriate.  The  effect  of  the  modifications  is  generally 
amortized over future periods.

Restructuring  costs:  We  primarily  recognize  employee  termination  benefits  when  payment  becomes  probable 
and  reasonably  estimable  because  they  are  provided  under  an  ongoing  benefit  arrangement  and  are  based  on 
existing plans, historical experience and negotiated settlements of prior plans. Termination benefits provided under 
one-time  termination  benefits  arrangements,  if  any,  are  recognized  upon  communication  to  the  employee.  We 
recognize  charges  ratably  over  the  future  service  period  if  the  employee  is  required  to  render  service  until 
termination.  Other  restructuring  costs  may  include  facility  closure,  employee  relocation,  equipment  relocation  and 
outplacement costs and are recognized in the period they are incurred.

Contingent consideration related to business acquisitions: In connection with business acquisitions, we may be 
required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of specified objectives such as receipt 
of regulatory approval, commercialization of a product or achievement of sales targets. In a business combination, 
we  record  a  contingent  liability,  as  of  the  acquisition  date,  representing  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  contingent 
consideration  that  we  expect  to  pay.  We  remeasure  the  fair  value  of  our  contingent  consideration  arrangements 
each  reporting  period  and,  based  on  new  developments,  record  changes  in  fair  value  until  either  the  contingent 
consideration  obligation  is  satisfied  through  payment  upon  the  achievement  of,  or  the  obligation  no  longer  exists 
due to the failure to achieve, the specified objectives. The change in the fair value is recorded in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income. A contingent consideration payment is classified 
as a financing activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows to the extent it was recorded as a liability as of the 
acquisition date. Any additional amount paid in excess of the amount initially accrued is classified as an operating 
activity in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

F-12

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

If  the  transaction  is  determined  to  be  an  asset  acquisition  rather  than  a  business  combination,  a  contingent 

consideration liability is recognized when the specified objective is deemed probable and is estimable.

Revenue  recognition:  We  primarily  generate  revenue  from  the  sale  of  medical  devices  including  single  use 
disposable  devices  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  reusable  devices,  instruments  and  capital  equipment.  Revenue  is 
recognized  when  obligations  under  the  terms  of  a  contract  with  our  customer  are  satisfied;  this  occurs  upon  the 
transfer of control of the products. Generally, transfer of control to the customer occurs at the point in time when our 
products  are  shipped  from  the  manufacturing  or  distribution  facility.  For  the  OEM  segment,  most  revenue  is 
recognized over time because the OEM segment generates revenue from the sale of custom products that have no 
alternative use and we have an enforceable right to payment to the extent that performance has been completed. 
We market and sell  products through our direct sales force and distributors to customers within the following end 
markets:  (1)  hospitals  and  healthcare  providers;  (2)  other  medical  device  manufacturers;  and  (3)  home  care 
providers, which represented 87%, 11% and 2% of our consolidated net revenues, respectively, for the year ended 
December  31,  2023.  Revenue  is  measured  as  the  amount  of  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  exchange  for 
transferring goods. With respect to the custom products sold in the OEM segment, revenue is measured using the 
units produced output method. Payment is generally due 30 days from the date of invoice. 

We  have  made  the  following  revenue  accounting  policy  elections  and  elected  to  use  certain  practical 
expedients: (1) we account for amounts collected from customers for sales and other taxes, net of related amounts 
remitted to tax authorities; (2) we do not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant 
financing  component  because,  at  contract  inception,  we  expect  the  period  between  the  time  when  we  transfer  a 
promised good or service to the customer and the time when the customer pays for that good or service will be one 
year or less; (3) we expense costs to obtain a contract as they are incurred if the expected period of benefit, and 
therefore the amortization period, is one year or less; (4) we account for shipping and handling activities that occur 
after control transfers to the customer as a fulfillment cost rather than an additional promised service; (5) we classify 
shipping and handling costs within cost of goods sold; and (6) with respect to the OEM segment, we have applied 
the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of remaining performance obligations as the contracts typically have a 
term of one year or less.

The amount of consideration we receive and revenue we recognize varies as a result of changes in customer 
sales  incentives,  including  discounts  and  rebates,  and  returns  offered  to  customers.  The  estimate  of  revenue  is 
adjusted upon the earlier of the following events: (i) the most likely amount of consideration expected to be received 
changes or (ii) the consideration becomes fixed. Our policy is to accept returns only in cases in which the product is 
defective  and  covered  under  our  standard  warranty  provisions.  When  we  give  customers  the  right  to  return 
products,  we  estimate  the  expected  returns  based  on  an  analysis  of  historical  experience. The  liability  for  returns 
and allowances was $22.2 million and $17.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In estimating 
customer  rebates,  we  consider  the  lag  time  between  the  point  of  sale  and  the  payment  of  the  customer’s  rebate 
claim,  customer-specific  trend  analyses,  contractual  commitments,  including  stated  rebate  rates,  historical 
experience with respect to specific customers (as we have a history of providing similar rebates on similar products 
to  similar  customers)  and  other  relevant  information.  The  reserve  for  customer  incentive  programs,  including 
customer rebates, was $26.7 million and $29.0 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We expect the 
amounts subject to the reserve as of December 31, 2023 to be paid within 90 days subsequent to period-end.

Leases: We have made an accounting policy election not to apply the lease accounting recognition provisions to 
short  term  leases  (leases  with  a  lease  term  of  12  months  or  less  that  do  not  include  an  option  to  purchase  the 
underlying asset that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise); instead, we will recognize the lease payments for 
short term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We have made an accounting policy election to not 
separate  lease  and  non-lease  components  and  instead  will  account  for  each  separate  lease  component  and  the 
non-lease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component. 

Note 2 — Recently issued accounting standards 

In  November  2023,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standard  Board  ("FASB")  issued  new  guidance  designed  to 
improve  reportable  segment  disclosure  requirements,  primarily  through  enhanced  disclosures  about  significant 
expenses  per  segment. The  guidance  is  effective  for  all  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2023,  and  for 
interim  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2024. The  new  standard  must  be  adopted  on  a  retrospective  basis 
and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  this  guidance  to  determine  its  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements.

F-13

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In December 2023, the FASB issued new guidance designed to improve income tax disclosure requirements, 
primarily  through  increased  disaggregation  disclosures  within  the  effective  tax  rate  reconciliation  as  well  as 
enhanced disclosures on income taxes paid. The guidance is effective for all fiscal years beginning after December 
15,  2024. The  new  standard  can  be  adopted  on  a  prospective  basis  with  an  option  to  be  adopted  retrospectively 
and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  this  guidance  to  determine  its  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements.

From time to time, new accounting guidance issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies is adopted as 
of the specified effective date or, when permitted by the guidance and as determined by us, as of an earlier date. 
We have assessed recently issued guidance that is not yet effective, except as noted above, and believe the new 
guidance that we have assessed will not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial 
position.

Note 3 - Net revenues

The following table disaggregates revenue by global product category for the years ended December 31, 2023, 

2022 and 2021.

Vascular access
Anesthesia

Interventional

Surgical

Interventional urology

OEM
Other (1)

Net revenues (2)

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

708,044  $ 
389,957 

683,612  $ 
388,890 

511,434 

427,359 

319,785 

326,008 

291,902 

445,018 

392,917 

322,832 

272,624 

285,148 

700,240 
380,140 

427,500 

377,756 

341,661 

245,681 

336,585 

$ 

2,974,489  $ 

2,791,041  $ 

2,809,563 

(1)   Includes revenues generated from sales of our respiratory and urology products (other than interventional urology products). Certain 
product  lines  within  the  respiratory  product  category  were  sold  during  2021.  See  Note  4  for  additional  information  related  to  the 
Respiratory business divestiture.

(2)    The  product  categories  listed  above  are  presented  on  a  global  basis,  while  each  of  our  reportable  segments  other  than  the  OEM 
reportable  segment  are  defined  based  on  the  geographic  location  of  its  operations;  the  OEM  reportable  segment  operates  globally. 
Each  of  the  geographically  based  reportable  segments  includes  net  revenues  from  each  of  the  non-OEM  product  categories  listed 
above.

Note 4 —Acquisitions and Divestiture

2023 acquisition

On  October  10,  2023,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Palette  Life  Sciences  AB  (“Palette”),  a  privately  held 
medical  device  company  that  sells  a  portfolio  of  hyaluronic  acid  gel-based  products  primarily  utilized  in  the 
treatment of urology diseases including a rectal spacing product used in connection with radiation therapy treatment 
of  prostate  cancer.  The  acquisition  complements  our  interventional  urology  product  portfolio.  The  fair  value  of 
consideration transferred was $621.9 million, consisting of net cash payments of $594.9 million and $27.0 million in 
estimated fair value of contingent consideration. The contingent consideration liability represents the estimated fair 
value  of  our  obligations,  under  the  acquisition  agreement,  to  make  two  milestone  payments  up  to  $50  million  in 
aggregate if certain commercial milestones are met. The milestone payments are based on net sales growth over 
the two-year period beginning January 1, 2024. The fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated using a 
Monte  Carlo  valuation  approach.  See  Note  12  for  additional  information  on  the  fair  value  measurement  of  the 
contingent consideration. The acquisition was financed using borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash 
on hand. 

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  following  table  presents  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  with  respect  to  the 

Palette acquisition:

Assets

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Other current assets

Current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Noncurrent assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Liabilities

Net assets acquired

$ 

$ 

8,898 

5,750 

897 

15,545 

2,180 

333,500 

357,025 

2,026 

1,557 

696,288 

711,833 

18,683 

69,389 

1,909 

89,981 

621,852 

The goodwill resulting from the Palette acquisition primarily reflects synergies currently expected to be realized 
from the integration of the acquired business and is not tax deductible. See Note 17 for additional detail regarding a 
liability  established  as  part  of  the  Palette  acquisition  related  to  certain  foreign  tax  liabilities  that  had  not  been 
properly recognized and paid by Palette prior to our acquisition.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  components  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  the  ranges  of  the 

useful lives as of the date of the Palette acquisition:

Intellectual property

Trade names

Customer relationships

Fair value

Useful life (years)

$ 

264,000 

40,500 

29,000 

12

25

15

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred $10.6 million in transaction expenses associated with the 
Palette acquisition, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement 
of income. We are continuing to evaluate the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed in connection 
with the acquisition. Additionally, the purchase accounting for this acquisition remains incomplete with respect to the 
consideration  transferred  as  we  have  not  reached  an  agreement  on  the  closing  statement  adjustments  with  the 
seller. Adjustments during the measurement period will be recognized in the reporting period when they are settled.

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial presentation of Net income and Earnings per share for 
the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively,  gives  effect  to  the  Palette  acquisition  as  if  it  was 
completed at the beginning of the earliest period presented. Revenues are not significant to the periods presented 
and  have  not  been  included.  The  pro  forma  information  is  presented  for  informational  purposes  only  and  is  not 
necessarily  indicative  of  the  results  of  operations  that  actually  would  have  occurred  under  our  ownership  and 
management.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Net income

Basic earnings per share:

Net income

Diluted earnings per share:

Net income

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

(Unaudited)

310,356  $ 

282,425 

6.61  $ 

6.56  $ 

6.02 

5.97 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented above includes the accounting effects of the 
Palette acquisition, including, to the extent applicable, amortization charges from acquired intangible assets; interest 
expense  associated  with  borrowings  to  finance  the  acquisition;  the  revaluation  of  inventory;  and  the  related  tax 
effects. The unaudited pro forma financial information also includes non-recurring charges specifically related to the 
Palette acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2023 we recognized a post acquisition pre-tax operating loss 
of $5.6 million related to Palette.

2022 acquisition

On  September  27,  2022,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Standard  Bariatrics,  Inc.  (“Standard  Bariatrics”),  a 
privately-held medical device company that commercialized a powered stapling technology for bariatric surgery that 
complements our surgical product portfolio. The acquisition included an initial cash purchase price of $173 million, 
with  the  potential  to  make  three  milestone  payments  up  to  $130  million  upon  achievement  of  certain  commercial 
milestones.  The  purchase  price  was  allocated  based  on  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  and  liabilities,  including 
goodwill of $71.4 million and intangible assets of $154.5 million. 

Divestiture

On  May  15,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  sell  certain  product  lines  within  our  global 
respiratory  product  portfolio  (the  "Divested  respiratory  business")  to  Medline  Industries,  Inc.  (“Medline”)  for 
consideration  of  $286.0  million,  reduced  by  $12.0  million  in  working  capital  not  transferring  to  Medline,  which  is 
subject  to  customary  post  close  adjustments  (the  "Respiratory  business  divestiture").  In  connection  with  the 
Respiratory  business  divestiture,  we  also  entered  into  several  ancillary  agreements  with  Medline  to  help  facilitate 
the  transfer  of  the  business,  which  provide  for  transition  support,  quality,  supply  and  manufacturing  services, 
including a manufacturing and supply transition agreement (the "MSTA").

On June 28, 2021, we completed the initial phase of the Respiratory business divestiture, pursuant to which we 
received cash proceeds of $259.0 million. On December 4, 2023 we completed the second and final phase of the 
Respiratory  business  divestiture  with  the  transfer  of  certain  additional  manufacturing  assets  to  Medline,  which 
resulted in $15.0 million of additional cash proceeds and the recognition of a gain on sale of $4.4 million.

Net  revenues  attributable  to  our  divested  respiratory  business  recognized  prior  to  the  Respiratory  business 
divestiture  are  included  within  each  of  our  geographic  segments  and  were  $60.7  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2021. Net revenues attributed to services provided to Medline in accordance with the MSTA, which 
are  presented  within  our Americas  reporting  segment,  were  $75.7  million,  $79.1  million  and  $51.1  million  for  the 
years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Supplemental cash flow information

Non cash investing and financing activities of continuing operations:

Acquisition of businesses

$ 

27,000  $ 

43,168  $ 

— 

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

F-16

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 5 — Restructuring and impairment charges

2023 Restructuring plan

During the fourth quarter of 2023, we initiated a new restructuring plan, which primarily involves the integration 
of  Palette  into  Teleflex  and  workforce  reductions  designed  to  improve  operating  performance  across  the 
organization by creating efficiencies that align with evolving market demands and our strategy to enhance long-term 
value creation (the “2023 restructuring plan”). These actions are expected to be substantially completed by the end 
of 2024.

The  following  table  provides  a  summary  of  the  cost  estimates  by  major  type  of  expense  associated  with  the 

2023 restructuring plan:

Plan expense estimates:

Restructuring charges (1)

Restructuring related charges (2)

Total restructuring and restructuring related charges

Total estimated amount expected to be incurred

(Dollars in millions)

$12 million to $15 million

$3 million to $4 million

$15 million to $19 million

(1)  Substantially all of the charges consist of employee termination benefit cost.
(2)   Restructuring related charges represent costs that are directly related to the program and consist primarily of retention bonuses offered 
to certain employees expected to remain with our company after completion of the program, which will result in cash outlays and most 
of which are expected to be made in 2025. Substantially all of the restructuring related charges are expected to be recognized within 
selling, general and administrative expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we incurred $0.7 million in restructuring related charges in connection 

with the 2023 restructuring plan, which were recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses. 

2023 Footprint Realignment plan

In September 2023, we initiated a restructuring plan primarily involving the relocation of certain manufacturing 
operations  to  existing  lower-cost  locations,  the  outsourcing  of  certain  manufacturing  processes  and  related 
workforce  reductions  (the  "2023  Footprint  realignment  plan").  These  actions  are  expected  to  be  substantially 
completed  by  the  end  of  2027.  The  following  table  provides  a  summary  of  our  estimates  of  restructuring  and 
restructuring related charges by major type of expense associated with the 2023 Footprint realignment plan:

Plan expense estimates:
Restructuring charges (1)
Restructuring related charges (2)

Total restructuring and restructuring related charges

Total estimated amount expected to be incurred

(Dollars in millions)
$4 million to $6 million

$7 million to $9 million

$11 million to $15 million

(1)    Substantially all of the charges consist of employee termination benefit costs.
(2) Restructuring related charges represent costs that are directly related to the 2023 Footprint realignment plan and principally constitute 
costs  to  transfer  manufacturing  operations  to  existing  lower-cost  locations  and  project  management  costs.  Substantially  all  of  these 
charges are expected to be recognized within cost of goods sold. 

We  expect  substantially  all  of  the  restructuring  and  restructuring  related  charges  will  result  in  future  cash 
outlays, the majority of which will be made between 2024 and 2025. Additionally, we expect to incur $2 million to $3 
million in aggregate capital expenditures under the plan, which are expected to be incurred mostly in 2024.

For the years ended December 31, 2023, we incurred $0.1 million, in pre-tax restructuring related charges, all of 

which were recognized in cost of goods sold. 

2022 restructuring plan

In November 2022, we initiated a strategic restructuring plan designed to improve operating performance and 
position the organization to deliver long-term durable growth by creating efficiencies that align with our high growth 
strategic  objectives  (the  “2022  restructuring  plan”). The  plan  is  substantially  complete  and  as  a  result,  we  expect 
future restructuring expenses associated with the plan, if any, to be immaterial. 

Respiratory divestiture plan

During 2021 and in connection with the Respiratory business divestiture, we committed to a restructuring plan 
designed  to  separate  the  manufacturing  operations  to  be  transferred  to  Medline  from  those  that  will  remain  with 

F-17

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Teleflex,  which  includes  related  workforce  reductions  (the  “Respiratory  divestiture  plan”).  The  plan  includes 
expanding certain of our existing locations to accommodate the transfer of capacity from the sites being transferred 
to  Medline  and  replicating  the  manufacturing  processes  at  alternate  existing  locations.  The  plan  is  substantially 
complete and as a result, we expect future restructuring expenses associated with the plan, if any, to be immaterial.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  restructuring  reserve  activity  related  to  our  2023  Restructuring  plan  and 

2023 Footprint realignment plan:

Accruals

Cash payments

Foreign currency translation and other

Balance at December 31, 2023 (1)

$ 

$ 

12,535  $ 

(114)   

20 

12,441  $ 

1,451 

(108) 

— 

1,343 

2023 Restructuring plan

2023 Footprint realignment plan

(1) The restructuring reserves as of December 31, 2023 consisted mainly of accruals related to termination benefits.  Other costs (facility 

closure, employee relocation, equipment relocation and outplacement costs) were expensed and paid in the same period.

The restructuring and impairment charges recognized for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 

consisted of the following:

2023 Restructuring plan

2023 Footprint realignment plan

2022 Restructuring plan

Respiratory divestiture plan
Other restructuring programs (2)

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

$ 

12,535  $ 

—  $ 

2023

1,451 

2,759 

(946)   

(1,015)   

14,784  $ 

— 

369 

17 

434 

820  $ 

Total restructuring and impairment charges

$ 

2022 Restructuring plan

Respiratory divestiture plan

2019 Footprint realignment plan

2018 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (2)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

2022

$ 

15,465  $ 

504 

(1,120)   

1,230 

1,306 

17,385 
— 

58  $ 

74 

133 

846 

306 

1,417 
1,497 

Total restructuring and impairment charges

$ 

17,385  $ 

2,914  $ 

Respiratory divestiture plan

2021 Restructuring plan

2019 Footprint realignment plan

2018 Footprint realignment plan
Other restructuring programs (3)
Total restructuring charges

Asset impairment charges

Termination benefits

Other Costs (1)

Total

2021

$ 

2,687  $ 

7,280 

(111)   

2,335 

(429)   

11,762 

— 

7  $ 

77 

364 

141 

2,648 

3,237 

6,739 

Total restructuring and impairment charges $ 

11,762  $ 

9,976  $ 

(1)
(2)

(3)

Includes facility closure, contract termination and other exit costs. 
Includes activity primarily related to a restructuring plan initiated in the first quarter of 2022 that is designed to relocate manufacturing 
operations at certain of our facilities (the "2022 Manufacturing relocation plan") and our 2014, 2018, and 2019 Footprint realignment 
plans.
Includes the 2020 Workforce reduction plan and the 2014 Footprint realignment plan.

F-18

12,535 

1,451 

3,128 

(929) 

(581) 

15,604 

15,523 

578 

(987) 

2,076 

1,612 

18,802 
1,497 

20,299 

2,694 

7,357 

253 

2,476 

2,219 

14,999 

6,739 

21,738 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Impairment Charges

For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded impairment charges of $1.5 million related to our decision 
to abandon certain assets. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded impairment charges of $6.7 million 
related  to  our  decision  to  abandon  intellectual  property  and  other  assets  primarily  associated  with  our  respiratory 
product portfolio that was not transferred to Medline as part of the Respiratory business divestiture.

Note 6 — Inventories 

Inventories at December 31, 2023 and 2022 consist of the following:

Raw materials

Work-in-process

Finished goods

Inventories

2023

2022

$ 

179,517  $ 

186,641 

111,132 

335,567 

98,993 

292,873 

$ 

626,216  $ 

578,507 

Note 7 — Property, plant and equipment 

The major classes of property, plant and equipment, at cost, at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows: 

Land, buildings and leasehold improvements

Machinery and equipment

Computer equipment and software

Construction in progress

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Note 8 — Goodwill and other intangible assets 

2023

2022

$ 

284,604  $ 

272,578 

459,268 

214,573 

94,633 

462,447 

192,785 

76,077 

1,053,078 

1,003,887 

(573,165)   

(556,682) 

$ 

479,913  $ 

447,205 

Changes  in  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill,  by  reportable  operating  segment,  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Total

$ 

2,008,352  $  492,149  $ 

223,819  $ 

Balance as of December 31, 2021
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill related to acquisitions
Translation and other adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2022

Goodwill related to acquisitions
Translation and other adjustments
Balance as of December 31, 2023

— 
223,819 
10,169 
(8,885)   

225,103 

112,010  $  2,836,330 
(332,128) 
2,504,202 
71,420 
(38,892) 
2,536,730 

— 
112,010 
— 
— 
112,010 

19,279 
1,847 
246,229  $ 

— 
— 

357,025 
20,300 
112,010  $  2,914,055 

(332,128)   
1,676,224 
53,970 
899 
1,731,093 

333,462 
3,517 

— 
492,149 
7,281 
(30,906)   
468,524 

4,284 
14,936 

$ 

2,068,072  $  487,744  $ 

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Intangible assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022 consisted of the following:

Customer relationships

$  1,363,839  $  1,328,539  $ 

(561,753)  $ 

(497,335) 

In-process research and development

27,476 

27,075 

— 

— 

Gross Carrying Amount

Accumulated Amortization

2023

2022

2023

2022

Intellectual property

Distribution rights

Trade names

Non-compete agreements

  1,890,957 

  1,599,355 

(745,094)   

(646,643) 

23,301 

610,146 

21,934 

23,115 

564,023 

21,429 

(22,048)   

(21,090) 

(84,864)   

(71,128) 

(21,934)   

(21,175) 

$  3,937,653  $  3,563,536  $ (1,435,693)  $ (1,257,371) 

As of December 31, 2023, trade names having a carrying value of $231.3 million are considered indefinite-lived. 
Acquired  IPR&D  is  indefinite-lived  until  the  completion  of  the  related  development  project,  at  which  point 
amortization of the carrying value of the technology will commence.  

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $174.0 million, $164.1 million, and $165.6 million for the 
years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  The  estimated  annual  amortization  expense  for 
each of the five succeeding years is as follows:

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Note 9 — Leases

$ 

228,000 

218,500 

215,600 

212,800 

208,400 

We have operating leases for various types of properties, consisting of manufacturing plants, engineering and 
research  centers,  distribution  warehouses,  offices  and  other  facilities,  and  equipment  used  in  operations.  Some 
leases provide us with an option, exercisable at our sole discretion, to terminate the lease or extend the lease term 
for one or more years. When measuring assets and liabilities arising from a lease that provides us with an option to 
extend  the  lease  term,  we  take  into  account  payments  to  be  made  in  the  optional  extension  period  when  it  is 
reasonably  certain  that  we  will  exercise  the  option. Total  lease  cost  (all  of  which  related  to  operating  leases)  was 
$31.1 million, $30.8 million and $32.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Maturities of lease liabilities

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029 and thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: interest

Present value of lease liabilities

December 31, 2023

23,959 

22,604 

21,692 

20,297 

18,868 

45,298 

152,718 

(21,917) 

130,801 

$ 

$ 

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Supplemental information

Total lease liabilities (1)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities within 
operating cash flows

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

$ 

$ 

$ 

Weighted average remaining lease term

Weighted average discount rate

130,801  $ 

139,894 

26,938  $ 

12,145  $ 

7.0 years

 4.4 %

28,308 

25,202 

7.9 years

 4.2 %

December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022

(1) The current portion of the operating lease liability is included in other current liabilities.

Note 10 — Borrowings 

Our borrowings at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Senior Credit Facility:

Revolving  credit  facility,  at  a  rate  of  6.71%  at  December  31,  2023,  and  5.80%  at 
December 31, 2022, due 2027
Term  loan  facility,  at  a  rate  of  6.71%  at  December  31,  2023  and  5.80%  at 
December 31 2022, due 2027

4.625% Senior Notes due 2027

4.25% Senior Notes due 2028
Securitization  program,  at  a  rate  of  6.34%  at  December  31,  2023  and  5.11%  at 
December 31, 2022

Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs

Current portion of borrowings

Long-term borrowings

Senior credit facility

2023

2022

$ 

262,000  $ 

148,250 

487,500 

500,000 

500,000 

500,000 

500,000 

500,000 

75,000 

75,000 

1,824,500 

1,723,250 

(9,428)   

(11,727) 

1,815,072 

1,711,523 

(87,500)   

(87,500) 

$  1,727,572  $  1,624,023 

In  2022,  we  amended  and  restated  our  existing  credit  agreement  by  entering  into  a  Third  Amended  and 
Restated  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Credit  Agreement”)  which  provides  for  a  five-year  revolving  credit  facility  of 
$1.0  billion  and  a  term  loan  facility  of  $500.0  million. The  obligations  under  the  Credit Agreement  are  guaranteed 
(subject  to  certain  exceptions  and  limitations)  by  substantially  all  of  our  material  domestic  subsidiaries.  The 
obligations  under  the  Credit  Agreement  are  secured,  subject  to  certain  exceptions  and  limitations,  by  a  lien  on 
substantially all of the assets owned by us and each guarantor. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility and 
the term loan facility under the Credit Agreement is November 4, 2027.

At our option, loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at a rate equal to adjusted Term SOFR plus 
an applicable margin ranging from 1.125% to 2.00% or at an alternate base rate, which is defined as the highest of 
(i) the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (ii) 0.50% above the greater of the federal 
funds  rate  and  the  rate  comprised  of  both  overnight  federal  funds  and  overnight  eurodollar  transactions 
denominated  in  Dollars  and  (iii)  1.00%  above  the  Term  SOFR  Rate  for  a  one  month  interest  period,  plus  an 
applicable  margin  ranging  from  0.125%  to  1.00%,  in  each  case  subject  to  adjustments  based  on  our  total  net 
leverage ratio. Overdue loans will bear interest at the rate otherwise applicable to such loans plus 2.00%.

The obligations to extend credit under the Credit Agreement are subject to customary conditions for transactions 

of this type.

The  Credit Agreement  contains  customary  representations  and  warranties  and  covenants  that,  in  each  case, 
subject  to  certain  exceptions,  qualifications  and  thresholds,  (a)  place  limitations  on  us  and  our  subsidiaries 
regarding the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional liens, fundamental changes, dispositions of property, 
investments  and  acquisitions,  dividends  and  other  restricted  payments,  transactions  with  affiliates,  restrictive 
agreements, changes in lines of business and swap agreements, and (b) require us and our subsidiaries to comply 
with sanction laws and other laws and agreements, to deliver financial information and certain other information and 

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

give notice of certain events, to maintain their existence and good standing, to pay their other obligations, to permit 
the  administrative  agent  and  the  lenders  to  inspect  their  books  and  property,  to  use  the  proceeds  of  the  Credit 
Agreement only for certain permitted purposes and to provide collateral in the future. Subject to certain exceptions, 
we are required to maintain a maximum total net leverage ratio of 4.50 to 1.00. We are further required to maintain a 
minimum interest coverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00.

4.625% Senior notes due 2027

In 2017, we issued $500.0 million of 4.625% Senior Notes due 2027 (the "2027 Notes"). We pay interest on the 
2027 Notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15, commencing on May 15, 2018, at a rate of 4.625% per 
year.  The  2027  Notes  mature  on  November  15,  2027  unless  earlier  redeemed  by  us  at  our  option,  as  described 
below,  or  purchased  by  us  at  the  holder’s  option  under  specified  circumstances  following  a  Change  of  Control  or 
Asset Sale (each as defined in the indenture related to the 2027 Notes), coupled with a downgrade in the ratings of 
the 2027 Notes, or upon our election to exercise our optional redemption rights, as described below. We incurred 
transaction fees of $7.9 million, including underwriters’ discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering 
of the 2027 Notes, which were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to long-term borrowings 
and  are  being  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  2027  Notes.  We  used  the  net  proceeds  from  the  offering  to  repay 
borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Our obligations under the 2027 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of 
our  existing  and  future  100%  owned  domestic  subsidiaries  that  is  a  guarantor  or  other  obligor  under  the  Credit 
Agreement and by certain of our other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries.

We may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2027 Notes at a redemption price of 102.313% 
of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2027  Notes  subject  to  redemption,  declining,  in  annual  increments  of  0.771%,  to 
100% of the principal amount on November 15, 2025, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The  indenture  relating  to  the  2027  Notes  contains  covenants  that,  among  other  things  and  subject  to  certain 
exceptions,  limit  or  restrict  our  ability  to  create  liens;  merge,  consolidate,  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or 
substantially all of our assets; or enter into sale leaseback transactions.  

4.25% Senior Notes due 2028

In 2020, we issued $500.0 million of 4.25% Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 Notes"). We pay interest on the 
2028 Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2020, at a rate of 4.25% per 
year.  The  2028  Notes  mature  on  June  1,  2028  unless  earlier  redeemed  at  our  option,  as  described  below,  or 
purchased at the holder’s option under specified circumstances following a Change of Control or Event of Default 
(each as defined in the indenture related to the 2028 Notes), coupled with a downgrade in the ratings of the 2028 
Notes, or upon our election to exercise its optional redemption rights, as described below. We incurred transaction 
fees of $8.5 million, including underwriters’ discounts and commissions, in connection with the offering of the 2028 
Notes,  which  were  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  a  reduction  to  long-term  borrowings  and  are 
being amortized over the term of the 2028 Notes. We used the net proceeds from the offering to repay borrowings 
under our revolving credit facility.

Our obligations under the 2028 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of 
our  existing  and  future  100%  owned  domestic  subsidiaries  that  is  a  guarantor  or  other  obligor  under  the  Credit 
Agreement and by certain of our other 100% owned domestic subsidiaries.

We may, on one or more occasions, redeem some or all of the 2028 Notes at a redemption price of 102.125% 
of  the  principal  amount  of  the  2028  Notes  subject  to  redemption,  declining,  in  annual  increments  of  1.0625%,  to 
100% of the principal amount on June 1, 2025, plus accrued and unpaid interest. 

The indenture relating to the 2028 Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability, 
and the ability of our subsidiaries, to create liens; merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially 
all of our assets; and enter into sale leaseback transactions.

Securitization program

We  have  an  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  under  which  accounts  receivable  of  certain  domestic 
subsidiaries  are  sold  on  a  non-recourse  basis  to  a  special  purpose  entity  (“SPE”),  which  is  a  bankruptcy-remote, 
consolidated subsidiary of Teleflex. Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to satisfy the obligations of 
Teleflex  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  SPE  sells  undivided  interests  in  those  receivables  to  an  asset  backed 

F-22

TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

commercial  paper  conduit  for  consideration  of  up  to  the  maximum  available  capacity.  This  facility  is  utilized  from 
time  to  time  to  provide  increased  flexibility  in  funding  short  term  working  capital  requirements.  The  agreement 
governing  the  accounts  receivable  securitization  facility  contains  certain  covenants  and  termination  events.  An 
occurrence  of  an  event  of  default  or  a  termination  event  under  this  facility  may  give  rise  to  the  right  of  its 
counterparty  to  terminate  this  facility. As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  were  in  compliance  with  the  covenants,  and 
none  of  the  termination  events  had  occurred.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  had  $75.0  million  (the 
maximum amount available) of outstanding borrowings under our accounts receivable securitization facility.

Fair value of long-term debt

To determine the fair value of our debt for which quoted prices are not available, we use a discounted cash flow 
technique that incorporates a market interest yield curve with adjustments for duration, optionality and risk profile. 
Our implied credit rating is a factor in determining the market interest yield curve. The following table provides the 
fair  value  of  our  debt  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  which  is  valued  based  on  Level  2  inputs  within  the 
hierarchy used to measure fair value (see Note 12 for further information):

Fair value of debt

Debt Maturities

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

$ 

1,838,993  $ 

1,674,232 

As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  aggregate  amounts  of  long-term  debt,  demand  loans  and  debt  under  our 

securitization program that will mature during each of the next four years and thereafter were as follows:

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028 and thereafter

Supplemental cash flow information

$ 

87,500 
25,000 

25,000 

1,187,000 

500,000 

Cash interest paid

$ 

100,218  $ 

70,918  $ 

73,598 

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

 Note 11 — Financial instruments 

Foreign currency forward contracts 

We use derivative instruments for risk management purposes. Foreign currency forward contracts designated 
as cash flow hedges are used to manage foreign currency transaction exposure. Foreign currency forward contracts 
not  designated  as  hedges  for  accounting  purposes  are  used  to  manage  exposure  related  to  near  term  foreign 
currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities.  We  enter  into  the  non-designated  foreign  currency  forward 
contracts for periods consistent with the currency exposures, which generally approximate one month. For the years 
ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  recognized  losses  related  to  non-designated  foreign  currency  forward 
contracts of $3.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

The total notional amount for all open foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges as of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $234.1 million and $184.8 million, respectively. The total notional amount for all 
open non-designated foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $195.0 million and 
$152.9 million, respectively. All open foreign currency forward contracts as of December 31, 2023 have durations of 
12 months or less. 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

During  2019,  we  entered  into  cross-currency  swap  agreements  with  five  different  financial  institution 
counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate. Under the terms of 
the  cross-currency  swap  agreements,  we  have  notionally  exchanged  $250  million  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of 
4.88% for €219.2 million at an annual interest rate of 2.46%. The swap agreements are designed as net investment 
hedges and expire on March 4, 2024. 

F-23

 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

During  2018,  we  entered  into  cross-currency  swap  agreements  with  six  different  financial  institution 
counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate (the "2018 Cross-
currency  swaps").  Under  the  terms  of  the  cross-currency  swap  agreements,  we  have  notionally  exchanged  $500 
million  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of  4.63%  for  €433.9  million  at  an  annual  interest  rate  of  1.94%.  The  swap 
agreements are designated as net investment hedges. 

On  October  4,  2023,  the  agreements  related  to  our  2018  Cross-currency  swap  matured  resulting  in 
$43.0 million in cash settlement proceeds. On October 2, 2023, we executed new cross-currency swap agreements 
with six different financial institution counterparties to hedge against the effect of variability in the U.S. dollar to euro 
exchange  rate,  ("the  2023  Cross-currency  swaps").  Under  the  terms  of  the  cross-currency  swap  agreements,  we 
have notionally exchanged $500 million at an annual interest rate of 4.63% for €474.7 million at an annual interest 
rate of 3.05%. The swap agreements are designated as net investment hedges and expire on October 4, 2025.

In  December  2023,  we  entered  into  a  zero  cost  foreign  exchange  collar  contract  that  aligns  with  the  notional 
amount and expiration date of the 2023 Cross-currency swaps. We sold a put option with a lower strike price and 
bought a call option with a higher strike price to manage the foreign exchange risk related to the final settlement of 
the  $500  million  notional  cross  currency  swaps.  Upon  the  execution  of  the  zero  cost  foreign  exchange  collar 
contract,  we  have  de-designated  the  existing  $500  million  notional  cross-currency  swaps  and  re-designated  the 
combined  $500  million  notional  cross  currency  swaps  and  zero  cost  collar  into  a  new  hedging  instrument. At  re-
designation,  the  existing  $500  million  notional  cross-currency  swaps  were  off-market  due  to  changes  in  foreign 
exchange rates and interest rates. The off-market value due to interest rates will be amortized ratably into earnings 
through  October  2025  and  the  off-market  value  due  to  foreign  exchange  rates  will  remain  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  until  the  underlying  net  investment  is  sold. The  combined  cross-currency  swaps  and  zero 
cost collar has been designated as a net investment hedge for accounting purposes.

The swap agreements described above require an exchange of the notional amounts upon expiration or earlier 
termination  of  the  agreements.  We  and  the  counterparties  have  agreed  to  effect  the  exchange  through  a  net 
settlement.

The  cross-currency  swaps  are  marked  to  market  at  each  reporting  date  and  any  changes  in  fair  value  are 
recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI") while the accrued interest 
is  recognized  in  interest  expense  in  the  statement  of  operations.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  foreign 
exchange  gains  and  losses  recognized  within  AOCI  and  the  interest  benefit  recognized  within  interest  expense 
related to cross currency swaps for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:

Foreign exchange (losses) gains

Interest benefit

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

$ 

(24,210)  $ 

18,814 

22,399 

20,880 

F-24

 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Balance sheet presentation

The  following  table  presents  the  locations  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  fair  value  of  derivative 

instruments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Asset derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

$ 

1,629  $ 

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Cross-currency interest rate swap 

Other assets

Total asset derivatives

Liability derivatives:

Designated foreign currency forward contracts

Non-designated foreign currency forward contracts

Other current liabilities
Cross-currency interest rate swap

Other liabilities

Total liability derivatives

937 

16,883 

19,449 

— 

— 

19,449  $ 

1,866  $ 

1,340 

3,206 
32,097 

32,097 

$ 

$ 

$ 

35,303  $ 

3,154 

41 

48,503 

51,698 

11,912 

11,912 

63,610 

983 

477 

1,460 
— 

— 

1,460 

See Note 13 for information on the location and amount of gains and losses attributable to derivatives that were 

reclassified from AOCI to expense (income), net of tax.

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, there was no ineffectiveness related to our hedging 

derivatives.

Note 12 — Fair value measurement 

Fair  value  is  the  price  that  would  be  received  from  the  sale  of  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability,  using 
assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  an  asset  or  liability.  Under  GAAP,  there  is  a  three-level 
hierarchy of the inputs (i.e., assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability) used to 
measure  fair  value.  The  categorization  within  the  valuation  hierarchy  is  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is 
significant to the entire fair value measurement. 

The levels of inputs within the hierarchy used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level  1  —  inputs  to  the  fair  value  measurement  that  are  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for 

identical assets or liabilities.

Level  2  —  inputs  to  the  fair  value  measurement  that  include  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in 
active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other 
than  quoted  prices  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability;  and  inputs  that  are  derived  principally  from  or 
corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 — inputs to the fair value measurement that are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The following tables provide information regarding our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a 

recurring basis as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

December 31, 2023

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Basis of fair value measurement

Investments in marketable securities

$ 

5,306  $ 

5,306  $ 

—  $ 

Derivative assets

Derivative liabilities

Contingent consideration liabilities

— 

— 

— 

19,449 

35,303 

— 

19,449 

35,303 

39,486 

F-25

— 

— 

— 

39,486 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Investments in marketable securities
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities
Contingent consideration liabilities

December 31, 2022
$ 

10,097  $ 
63,610 
1,460 
44,022 

Basis of fair value measurement

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

10,097  $ 
— 
— 
— 

—  $ 

63,610 
1,460 
— 

— 
— 
— 
44,022 

There  were  no  transfers  of  financial  assets  or  liabilities  into  or  out  of  Level  3  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy 

during the years ended December 31, 2023 or 2022.

Valuation Techniques

Our financial assets valued based upon Level 1 inputs are comprised of investments in marketable securities 
held  in  trust,  which  are  available  to  satisfy  benefit  obligations  under  Company  benefit  plans  and  other 
arrangements. The investment assets of the trust are valued using quoted market prices.

Our financial assets and liabilities valued based upon Level 2 inputs are comprised of foreign currency forward 
contracts and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements. We use foreign currency forward contracts and cross-
currency  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  manage  foreign  currency  transaction  exposure  as  well  as  exposure  to 
foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities.  We  measure  the  fair  value  of  the  foreign  currency 
forward and cross-currency swap agreements by calculating the amount required to enter into offsetting contracts 
with similar remaining maturities, based on quoted market prices, and taking into account the creditworthiness of the 
counterparties. 

Our  financial  liabilities  valued  based  upon  Level  3  inputs  are  comprised  of  contingent  consideration 

arrangements pertaining to our acquisitions. 

Contingent consideration

Contingent consideration liabilities, which primarily consist of payment obligations that are contingent upon the 
achievement of revenue-based goals, but also can be based on other milestones such as regulatory approvals, are 
remeasured to fair value each reporting period using assumptions including revenue growth rates (based on internal 
operational  budgets  and  long-range  strategic  plans),  revenue  volatility,  discount  rates,  probability  of  payment  and 
projected payment dates. 

We determine the fair value of certain contingent consideration liabilities using a Monte Carlo simulation (which 
involves  a  simulation  of  future  revenues  during  the  earn-out  period  using  management's  best  estimates)  or 
discounted cash flow analysis. Increases in projected revenues, estimated cash flows and probabilities of payment 
may result in significantly higher fair value measurements; decreases in these items may have the opposite effect. 
Increases in the discount rates in periods prior to payment may result in significantly lower fair value measurements 
and decreases in the discount rates may have the opposite effect. As of December 31, 2023, the maximum amount 
we could be required to pay under the contingent consideration arrangements related to the Palette and Standard 
Bariatrics acquisitions was $177.0 million. 

The  table  below  provides  additional  information  regarding  the  valuation  technique  and  inputs  used  in 

determining the fair value of our significant contingent consideration liabilities.

Contingent Consideration Liability

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted average)

Revenue-based

Monte Carlo simulation

Revenue volatility

Risk free rate

15.1% - 20.3% (18.8%)

Cost of debt structure

Projected year of payment

2025 - 2026

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  following  table  provides  information  regarding  changes  in  our  contingent  consideration  liabilities  for  the 

years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Beginning balance – January 1

Initial estimate upon acquisition

Payments

Revaluations and other adjustments

Translation adjustment

Ending balance – December 31

 Note 13 — Shareholders' equity 

Contingent consideration

2023

2022

$ 

44,022  $ 

27,000 

(4,293)   

(27,243)   

— 

9,814 

38,800 

(6,975) 

2,350 

33 

$ 

39,486  $ 

44,022 

Our  authorized  capital  is  comprised  of  200  million  common  shares,  $1  par  value,  and  500,000  preference 

shares. No preference shares have been outstanding during the last three years.

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common 
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed in the same manner except that the 
weighted  average  number  of  shares  is  increased  to  include  dilutive  securities.  The  following  table  provides  a 
reconciliation of basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Dilutive effect of share based awards

Diluted

2023

2022

2021

46,981 

46,898 

46,774 

323 

411 

653 

47,304 

47,309 

47,427 

Weighted average shares that were antidilutive and therefore excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings 
per  share  were  0.7  million,  0.5  million,  and  0.1  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022,  and  2021, 
respectively.

The  following  table  provides  information  relating  to  the  changes  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 

(loss), net of tax, for each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Balance at December 31, 2021

$  1,081  $ 

(138,290)  $ (209,750)  $ 

(346,959) 

Cash Flow
Hedges

Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications  
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income

Net current-year other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at December 31, 2022

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income

7,179 

(2,606)   

(62,904)   

(58,331) 

(3,329)   
3,850 

4,931 

8,314 

5,097 
2,491 

— 

(62,904)   

1,768 
(56,563) 

(135,799)    (272,654)   

(403,522) 

42,380 

44,902 

95,596 

Net current-year other comprehensive (loss) income

(3,535)   

47,750 

44,902 

(11,849)   

5,370 

— 

(6,479) 

89,117 

Balance at December 31, 2023

$  1,396  $ 

(88,049)  $ (227,752)  $ 

(314,405) 

The following table provides information relating to the (gains) losses recognized in the statements of income 
including  the  reclassifications  of  losses  (gains)  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  (loss)  income  into  expense/

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(income), net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

(Gains) losses on designated foreign exchange forward contracts:

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

Cost of goods sold

Total before tax

Taxes expense

Net of tax

Amortization of pension and other postretirement benefits items:

Actuarial losses (1)
Prior-service credits (1)

Total before tax

Tax benefit

Net of tax

$ 

(12,234)  $ 

(3,532)  $ 

(12,234)   

(3,532)   

385 

203 

(11,849)   

(3,329)   

7,989 

7,660 

(1,008)   

(1,017)   

6,981 

6,643 

(1,611)   

(1,546)   

5,370 

5,097 

Impact on income from continuing operations, net of tax

$ 

(6,479)  $ 

1,768  $ 

1,150 

1,150 

62 

1,212 

8,543 

(1,012) 

7,531 

(1,756) 

5,775 

6,987 

(1) These accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income components are included in the computation of net benefit cost of pension and 

other postretirement benefit plans (see Note 16 for additional information).

Note 14 — Stock compensation plans 

In May 2023, our stockholders approved the Teleflex Incorporated 2023 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”), 
which replaced our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), under which stock options, restricted stock awards 
and performance share units (“PSUs”) previously were granted. The 2023 Plan provides for several different kinds 
of awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock unit awards and other stock-based 
awards to directors, officers and key employees.  Under  the 2023 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue up to 
4.3  million  shares  of  common  stock,  subject  to  adjustment  in  accordance  with  special  share  counting  rules  in  the 
2023 Plan that, among other things, (i) count shares underlying a stock option or stock appreciation right (each, an 
"option award") as one share and each share underlying any other type of award (a "stock award") as 2.6 shares, 
(ii)  increases  the  shares  the  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  by  one  or  2.6  shares  for  each  share  underlying  an 
option award or stock award, respectively, under the 2014 Plan and our 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2018 Plan" 
and, together with the 2014 Plan, the "Prior Plans") that have been cancelled, expired, settled in cash or forfeited 
after December 31, 2022 and (iii) decrease the number of shares the Company is authorized to issue by one share 
and  2.6  shares  for  each  share  underlying  an  option  award  or  stock  award,  respectively,  granted  under  the  Prior 
Plans between January 1, 2023 and the May 5,  2023  adoption of the 2023 Plan by the Company's stockholders. 
Options granted under the 2023 Plan have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's common 
stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant.  In  2023,  the  Company  granted  incentive  and  non-qualified  options  to  purchase 
189,388 shares of common stock and granted restricted stock units representing 98,201 shares of common stock 
under the 2023 Plan.

Under our equity incentive program, we issue PSUs designed to further incentivize to our senior management 
with respect to the achievement of our long term financial objectives. The PSU component of the equity incentive 
program is designed to provide shares of our common stock to the holder based upon our achievement of certain 
financial performance criteria during a designated performance period of three years. The number of shares to be 
awarded under the PSUs granted are subject to modification based upon our total stockholder return relative to a 
designated  group  of  public  companies.  Assuming  target  performance  is  achieved,  a  total  of  34,256  shares  of 
common  stock  would  be  issuable  in  respect  of  the  PSUs  granted  and  a  maximum  of  85,772  shares  would  be 
issuable  in  respect  of  such  PSUs  upon  achievement  of  maximum  performance  levels.  The  following  table 
summarizes the share-based compensation activity:

Share-based compensation expense
Total income tax benefit recognized for share-based compensation 
arrangements

Net excess tax benefit

2023

2022

2021

$ 

31,465  $ 

27,224  $ 

22,937 

7,820 

1,351 

6,824 

1,292 

10,912 

6,355 

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The unrecognized compensation expense for all awards granted in 2023 as of the grant date was $41.5 million, 
which will be recognized over the vesting period of the awards. As of December 31, 2023, 3,939,853 shares were 
available for future grants under the Plan.

Option Awards

The  fair  value  of  options  granted  in  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant  using  a  Black-

Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life of option

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

2023

2022

2021

 4.13 %

 1.56 %

 0.67 %

5.07 years

5.03 years

5.01 years

 0.57 %

 31.42 %

 0.41 %

 30.09 %

 0.34 %

 30.03 %

The following table summarizes the option activity during 2023:

Shares Subject to 
Options

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life In Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding, beginning of the year

1,228,848  $ 

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Outstanding, end of the year

Exercisable, end of the year

189,388 

(99,799)   

(24,662)   

1,293,775 

988,794  $ 

230.58 

238.92 

108.19 

319.20 

239.55 

226.34 

4.7 $ 

3.5 $ 

55,105 

52,939 

The weighted average grant date fair value for options granted during 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $76.46, $88.92 
and  $103.87,  respectively.  The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $13.5 
million, $5.0 million and $27.4 million, respectively. 

We recorded $11.8 million of expense related to options during 2023, which is included in cost of goods sold or 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  unamortized  share-based 
compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  stock  options,  net  of  expected  forfeitures,  was  $14.9  million,  which  is 
expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted-average  period  of  1.6  years. Authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  our 
common stock are issued upon exercises of options.

Stock Awards

The  fair  value  of  PSUs  granted  were  determined  using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  valuation  model.  The  grant 

date fair value for the 2023 awards was $244.08. 

The  fair  value  for  restricted  stock  units  granted  in  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant 
based on the market price for the underlying stock on the grant date discounted for the risk free interest rate and the 
present  value  of  expected  dividends  over  the  vesting  period.  The  following  weighted-average  assumptions  were 
used:

Risk-free interest rate

Expected dividend yield

2023

2022

2021

 4.53 %

 0.57 %

 1.57 %

 0.42 %

 0.28 %

 0.34 %

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the non-vested restricted stock unit activity during 2023:

Number of
Non-Vested
Shares

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding, beginning of the year  

147,968  $ 

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

98,201 

(34,623) 

(21,046) 

Outstanding, end of the year

190,500  $ 

349.42 

235.14 

346.01 

318.02 

294.63 

1.4

$ 

47,709 

  We  issued  98,201,  85,780  and  59,210  of  non-vested  restricted  stock  units  in  2023,  2022  and  2021, 
respectively, the majority of which provide for vesting as to all underlying shares on the third anniversary of the grant 
date. The  weighted  average  grant-date  fair  value  for  non-vested  restricted  stock  units  granted  during  2023,  2022 
and 2021 was $235.14, $323.35 and $398.59, respectively. 

We recorded $16.8 million of expense related to stock awards during 2023, which is included in cost of goods 
sold  or  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  unamortized  share-based 
compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units, net of estimated forfeitures, was $21.2 million, which 
is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years. We use treasury stock to provide shares 
of common stock in connection with vesting of the stock awards. 

Note 15 — Income taxes 

The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations:

Current:

Federal

State

Non-U.S.

Deferred:

Federal

State

Non-U.S.

2023

2022

2021

$ 

51,717  $ 

32,798  $ 

134,336 

8,266 

30,408 

8,747 

56,442 

16,970 

35,399 

(24,396)   

(27,528)   

5,439 

5,006 

10,116 

2,428 

(85,272) 

(16,933) 

(10,151) 

$ 

76,440  $ 

83,003  $ 

74,349 

At  December  31,  2023,  the  cumulative  unremitted  earnings  of  subsidiaries  outside  the  U.S.  that  are 
considered  non-permanently  reinvested  and  for  which  taxes  have  been  provided  approximated  $1.4  billion.  At 
December  31,  2023,  the  cumulative  unremitted  earnings  of  subsidiaries  outside  the  U.S.  that  are  considered 
permanently reinvested approximated $0.3 billion. Earnings considered permanently reinvested are expected to be 
reinvested indefinitely and, as a result, no additional deferred tax liability has been recognized with regard to these 
earnings.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  components  of  income  from  continuing  operations 

before taxes:

U.S.

Non-U.S.

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

45,363  $ 

164,151  $ 

209,231 

388,649 
434,012  $ 

281,768 
445,919  $ 

350,237 
559,468 

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliations between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate are as follows:

Federal statutory rate

Tax effect of international items

Legal entity rationalization - deferred taxes

Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation

State taxes, net of federal benefit

Uncertain tax contingencies

Contingent consideration

Research and development tax credit

Other, net

2023

2022

2021

 21.0 %

 21.0 %

 21.0 %

 (6.1) 

 5.7 

 (0.3) 

 0.4 

 (0.6) 

 (1.3) 

 (1.3) 

 0.1 

 (4.6) 

 — 

 (0.3) 

 3.4 

 (0.4) 

 0.1 

 (1.0) 

 0.5 

 (6.0) 

 — 

 (1.1) 

 0.1 

 (0.1) 

 0.2 

 (0.8) 

 — 

 17.6 %

 18.6 %

 13.3 %

The effective income tax rate for 2023 was 17.6% compared to 18.6% for 2022. The effective income tax rate 
for 2023 reflects the impact of deferred charges resulting from a legal entity rationalization and the impact of a non-
taxable contingent consideration adjustment recognized in connection with a decrease in the estimated fair value of 
our  contingent  consideration  liabilities.  Additionally,  the  effective  income  tax  rate  for  2023  reflects  a  tax  benefit 
associated  with  the TRIP  pension  settlement  charge. The  effective  income  tax  rate  for  2022  reflects  tax  expense 
resulting  from  a  deferred  charge  relating  to  the  2022  Restructuring  Plan.  The  effective  income  tax  rates  for  both 
2023  and  2022  reflect  tax  expense  resulting  from  a  U.S.  law  effective  in  2022  requiring  capitalization  of  certain 
research and development expenditures. Additionally, the effective income tax rates for both 2023 and 2022 reflect 
a net excess tax benefit related to share-based compensation and a tax benefit from research and development tax 
credits.

We are routinely subject to examinations by various taxing authorities. In conjunction with these examinations 
and  as  a  regular  practice,  we  establish  and  adjust  reserves  with  respect  to  its  uncertain  tax  positions  to  address 
developments related to those positions. We realized a net benefit of $2.3 million, $2.0 million and $0.8 million in 
2023,  2022  and  2021  respectively,  as  a  result  of  reducing  our  reserves  with  respect  to  uncertain  tax  positions, 
principally due to the expiration of a number of applicable statutes of limitations.

The  following  table  summarizes  significant  components  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  at 

December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Deferred tax assets:

2023

2022

Tax loss and credit carryforwards

$ 

114,147  $ 

110,857 

Lease Liabilities

Pension

Reserves and accruals

Other

Less: valuation allowances

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles — stock acquisitions

Unremitted non-U.S. earnings

Lease Assets
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

30,397 

— 

72,040 

33,472 

(95,747)   

154,309 

34,852 

462,559 

61,734 

30,397 
14,099 

32,339 

1,163 

64,498 

24,013 

(91,531) 

141,339 

25,427 

379,298 

67,833 

32,339 
18,926 

603,641 

523,823 

$ 

(449,332)  $ 

(382,484) 

Under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which we operate, deductions or credits that cannot be fully utilized 
for tax purposes during the current year may be carried forward, subject to statutory limitations, to reduce taxable 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
income  or  taxes  payable  in  a  future  tax  year.  At  December  31,  2023,  the  tax  effect  of  such  carryforwards 
approximated  $114.1  million.  Of  this  amount,  $21.2  million  has  no  expiration  date,  $6.6  million  expires  after  2023 
but  before  the  end  of  2028  and  $86.3  million  expires  after  2028. A  portion  of  these  carryforwards  consists  of  tax 
losses and credits obtained by us as a result of acquisitions; the utilization of these carryforwards is subject to an 
annual limitation imposed by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), which 
limits  a  company’s  ability  to  deduct  prior  net  operating  losses  following  a  more  than  50  percent  change  in 
ownership.  It  is  not  expected  that  the  Section  382  limitation  will  prevent  us  ultimately  from  utilizing  the  applicable 
loss  carryforwards.  The  determination  of  state  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  is  dependent  upon  the 
U.S.  subsidiaries’  taxable  income  or  loss,  the  state’s  proportion  of  each  subsidiary's  taxable  net  income  and  the 
application of state laws, which can change from year to year and impact the amount of such carryforward.

The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  of  $95.7  million  and  $91.5  million  at  December  31,  2023 
and  2022,  respectively,  relates  principally  to  the  uncertainty  of  our  ability  to  utilize  certain  deferred  tax  assets, 
primarily  tax  loss  and  credit  carryforwards  in  various  jurisdictions.  The  valuation  allowance  was  calculated  in 
accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards,  which  require  that  a  valuation  allowance  be  established  and 
maintained when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Uncertain  Tax  Positions:  The  following  table  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  balances  for 

liabilities associated with unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

Balance at January 1

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years

Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years
Reductions in unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of applicable 

statute of limitations

(Decrease) increase in unrecognized tax benefits due to foreign 

currency translation

Balance at December 31

2023

2022

2021

$ 

4,260  $ 

6,105  $ 

7,230 

— 

— 

215 

(761)   

— 

— 

(2,287)   

(1,117)   

(956) 

47 

(182)   

$ 

2,020  $ 

4,260  $ 

(169) 

6,105 

The total liabilities associated with the unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective 

tax rate for continuing operations, were $1.3 million at December 31, 2023.

We  accrue  interest  and  penalties  associated  with  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  income  tax  expense  in  the 
consolidated statements of income, and the corresponding liability is included in the consolidated balance sheets. 
The net interest expense (benefit) and penalties reflected in income from continuing operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2023 was $0.1 million and $(0.6) million, respectively; for the year ended December 31, 2022 was 
$0.2 million and $(0.2) million, respectively; and for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $0.2 million and $(0.3) 
million,  respectively.  The  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  for  interest  and  penalties  at  December  31, 
2023 were $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and at December 31, 2022 were $0.6 million and $1.5 million, 
respectively.

The taxable years for which the applicable statute of limitations remains open by major tax jurisdictions are as 

follows:

U.S.

Canada

China

Czech Republic

France

Germany
India

Ireland

Italy

Malaysia

Singapore

Beginning

Ending

2020

2019

2018

2020

2021

2011
2015

2019

2018

2017

2019

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023
2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  routinely  subject  to  income  tax  examinations  by  various  taxing  authorities. As  of  December  31,  2023, 
the most significant tax examinations in process were in Germany and Italy. The date at which these examinations 
may be concluded and the ultimate outcome of the examinations are uncertain. As a result of the uncertain outcome 
of  these  ongoing  examinations,  future  examinations  or  the  expiration  of  statutes  of  limitation,  it  is  reasonably 
possible  that  the  related  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  tax  positions  taken  could  materially  change  from  those 
recorded  as  liabilities  at  December  31,  2023.  Due  to  the  potential  for  resolution  of  certain  examinations,  and  the 
expiration of various statutes of limitations, it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits may change 
within the next year by a range of zero to $0.7 million.

Supplemental cash flow information

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

Income taxes paid, net of refunds

$ 

114,211  $ 

162,046  $ 

108,609 

Note 16 — Pension and other postretirement benefits 

We  have  a  number  of  defined  benefit  pension  and  postretirement  plans  covering  eligible  U.S.  and  non-U.S. 
employees.  The  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  noncontributory.  The  benefits  under  these  plans  are  based 
primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement. Our funding policy for U.S. plans is to contribute 
annually, at a minimum, amounts required by applicable laws and regulations. Obligations under non-U.S. plans are 
systematically  provided  for  by  depositing  funds  with  trustees  or  by  book  reserves. As  of  December  31,  2023,  no 
further benefits are being accrued under the U.S. defined benefit pension plans and the other postretirement benefit 
plans,  other  than  certain  postretirement  benefit  plans  covering  employees  subject  to  a  collective  bargaining 
agreement.

In May 2023, our Board of Directors approved the termination of the Teleflex Incorporated Retirement Income 
Plan (the “TRIP”), a U.S. defined benefit plan, effective as of August 1, 2023. The TRIP is subject to the Employee 
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 
401(a) of the Code. Participation in and accrual of benefits under the TRIP have been frozen since 2012, and, as of 
December 31, 2023, the TRIP assets exceeded the liabilities. In June 2023, we notified participants of our intent to 
terminate the TRIP and requested a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Services (“IRS”) stating that the 
TRIP  satisfies  the  requirements,  in  form,  to  be  tax-qualified  under  Code  Section  401(a)  upon  termination.  In 
September 2023, a notice of benefits was sent to participants, beneficiaries and alternate payees in connection with 
the proposed termination. Participants, beneficiaries and alternate payees who had not started their TRIP benefits 
were  offered  the  opportunity  to  elect  to  receive  their  benefits  in  the  form  of  a  lump  sum  distribution  in  connection 
with  the  termination  of  the  TRIP  or  to  commence  their  benefits  in  the  form  of  monthly  annuity  payments  in 
accordance  with  TRIP  terms.  Because  the  TRIP  is  an  ERISA  plan,  the  termination  is  subject  to  approval  by  the 
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”). In September 2023, we filed a termination notice with the PBGC 
for approval. After the termination has been approved by the PBGC, one or more annuity contracts with a qualifying 
insurer(s)  will  be  purchased  to  provide  TRIP  benefits  that  have  not  already  been  distributed.  While  we  expect  to 
proceed with the termination, we may decide not to proceed for certain reasons including, for example, if the cost to 
terminate  the  TRIP  exceeds  our  current  expectations.  Should  the  Company  proceed  with  the  termination, 
participants, beneficiaries, and alternate payees will each receive the full value of their benefit under the TRIP, paid 
either from TRIP assets or from an annuity contract purchase as described under this paragraph.

Upon settlement of the TRIP, we are required to remeasure the plan assets and obligation and will recognize a 
settlement  loss  for  the  recognition  of  the  unrecognized  losses  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
including the effects of the remeasurement. In December 2023, we recognized a settlement charge of $45.2 million 
resulting from payments to eligible participants who elected the lump sum distribution option. As of December 31, 
2023, the pre-tax accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the TRIP was approximately $150.5 million.

Teleflex and certain of our subsidiaries provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to pensioners or their 

survivors. The associated plans are unfunded and approved claims are paid from our funds.

F-33

The following table provides information regarding the components of the net benefit (income) expense of the 

pension and postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

2023

Pension

2022

2021

2023

2022

2021

Other Benefits

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

(25,277)   

(25,776)   

(30,726)   

$  1,435  $  1,346  $  1,467  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

  17,297 

  10,776 

9,272 

824 

— 

477 

— 

— 

418 

— 

Net amortization and deferral

Settlements

8,536 
  45,244 

7,900 
— 

8,589 
— 

(1,564)   
— 

(1,258)   
— 

(1,058) 
— 

Net benefit expense (income)

$  47,235  $ 

(5,754)  $  (11,398)  $ 

(740)  $ 

(781)  $ 

(640) 

Net  benefit  expense  (income)  is  primarily  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  within  the 

consolidated statements of income. 

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for U.S. and foreign plans used in determining 

net benefit cost:

Discount rate

Rate of return

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

2023

 5.1 %

 7.3 %

Pension

2022

2021

2023

2022

2021

Other Benefits

 2.8 %

 5.6 %

 2.5 %

 6.7 %

 5.1 %

 2.7 %

 2.3 %

 6.1 %

 4.5 %

 6.4 %

 4.5 %

 6.8 %

 4.5 %

The  following  table  provides  summarized  information  with  respect  to  the  pension  and  postretirement  benefit 

plans, measured as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

$  356,757  $  474,674  $ 

18,620  $ 

26,804 

Pension

Other Benefits

2023

2022

2023

2022

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial loss (gain)

Currency translation

Benefits paid

Liability gain due to settlement

Medicare Part D reimbursement

Plan amendments

Settlements

Administrative costs

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Contributions

Benefits paid

Administrative costs

Currency translation
Fair value of plan assets, end of year

Funded status, end of year

1,435 

17,297 

11,557 

1,067 

1,346 

10,776 

— 

824 

— 

477 

(104,558)   

(508)   

(6,223) 

(3,030)   

— 

— 

(21,208)   

(21,472)   

(1,910)   

(2,491) 

— 

(3)   

(7,488)   

— 

— 

— 

53 

— 

— 

— 

9,535 

18,620 

(15,272)   

— 

— 

(73,932)   

(2,304)   

275,397 

357,270 

23,740 

1,276 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(979)   

356,757 

469,793 

(89,506) 

1,464 

(95,139)   

(21,472) 

(2,304)   

(979) 

670 
285,513 

(2,030) 
357,270 

$ 

10,116  $ 

513  $ 

(9,535)  $ 

(18,620) 

The actuarial loss for pension for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily due to a decrease in the 
discount  rate  used  to  measure  the  obligation,  offset  by  demographic  gains. The  actuarial  gain  for  pension  for  the 

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
year  ended  December  31,  2022  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  discount  rate  used  to  measure  the 
obligation.

The accumulated benefit obligations (ABO) and the projected benefit obligations (PBO) for plans with ABO and 
PBO  in  excess  of  plan  assets  were  $262.6  million  and  $263.2  million,  respectively,  at  December  31,  2023  and 
$345.5 million and $346.0 million respectively, at December 31, 2022. The fair value of plan assets for plans with 
PBO and ABO in excess of plan assets were $272.3 million and $345.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023 
and December 31, 2022, respectively.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  amounts  recognized  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  with  respect  to  the 

pension and postretirement plans:

Other assets

Pension

Other Benefits

2023

2022

2023

2022

$ 

27,370  $ 

16,870  $ 

—  $ 

— 

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities

(1,439)   

(1,408)   

(1,361)   

(2,175) 

Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities

(15,815)   

(14,949)   

(8,174)   

(16,445) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (gain)

164,139 

219,555 

(14,244)   

(7,812) 

$  174,255  $  220,068  $ 

(23,779)  $ 

(26,432) 

The following tables set forth the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income with respect 

to the plans:

Balance at December 31, 2021
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Impact of currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2022
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Pension

Prior Service
Cost 

Net Loss or 
(Gain)

Deferred
Taxes

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of Tax

$ 

200  $  217,939  $  (77,273)  $ 

140,866 

— 

— 

— 

(7,900)   

1,832 

(6,068) 

10,724 

(2,271)   

(1,408)   

365 

8,453 

(1,043) 

200 

  219,355 

(77,347)   

142,208 

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Impact of currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2023

(9)   

(8,527)   

1,961 

(6,575) 

— 

— 

(47,453)    10,805 

573 

(139)   

$ 

191  $  163,948  $  (64,720)  $ 

(36,648) 

434 

99,419 

F-35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2021
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 
Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

Balance at December 31, 2022
Reclassification adjustments related to components of Net 

Periodic Benefit Cost recognized during the period:

Net amortization and deferral

Amounts arising during the period:

Other Benefits

Prior Service
Cost 

Net (Gain) or
Loss

Deferred
Taxes

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of Tax

$ 

(3,652)  $ 

805  $ 

271  $ 

(2,576) 

1,017 

241 

(287)   

971 

— 

(6,223)   

(2,635)   

(5,177)   

1,419 

1,403 

(4,804) 

(6,409) 

1,017 

547 

(359)   

1,205 

Actuarial changes in benefit obligation

— 

(7,996)   

1,830 

Balance at December 31, 2023

$ 

(1,618)  $  (12,626)  $  2,874  $ 

(6,166) 

(11,370) 

The following table provides the weighted average assumptions for U.S. and foreign plans used in determining 

benefit obligations:

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increase

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

Pension

Other Benefits

2023

2022

2023

2022

 4.7 %

 3.0 %

 5.1 %

 3.0 %

 5.0 %

 5.1 %

 6.6 %

 4.5 %

 5.9 %

 4.5 %

The discount rate represents the interest rate used to determine the present value of future cash flows currently 
expected to be required to settle the pension and other benefit obligations. The weighted average discount rates for 
U.S. pension plans and other benefit plans of 4.81% and 4.97%, respectively, were established by comparing the 
projection  of  expected  benefit  payments  to  the  AA  Above  Median  yield  curve  as  of  December  31,  2023.  The 
expected benefit payments are discounted by each corresponding discount rate on the yield curve. For payments 
beyond 30 years, we extend the curve assuming that the discount rate derived in year 30 is extended to the end of 
the  plan’s  payment  expectations.  Once  the  present  value  of  the  string  of  benefit  payments  is  established,  we 
determine the single rate on the yield curve that, when applied to all obligations of the plan, will exactly match the 
previously determined present value.

As part of the evaluation of pension and other postretirement assumptions, we applied assumptions for mortality 
and  healthcare  cost  trends  that  incorporate  generational  white  and  blue  collar  mortality  trends.  In  determining  its 
benefit obligations, we used generational tables that take into consideration increases in plan participant longevity.

Our assumption for the expected return on plan assets is primarily based on the determination of an expected 
return  for  its  current  portfolio.  This  determination  is  made  using  assumptions  for  return  and  volatility  of  the 
portfolio. Asset  class  assumptions  are  set  using  a  combination  of  empirical  and  forward-looking  analysis.  To  the 
extent  historical  results  have  been  affected  by  unsustainable  trends  or  events,  the  effects  of  those  trends  are 
quantified  and  removed.  We  apply  a  variety  of  models  for  filtering  historical  data  and  isolating  the  fundamental 
characteristics of asset classes. These models provide empirical return estimates for each asset class, which are 
then reviewed and combined with a qualitative assessment of long term relationships between asset classes before 
a return estimate is finalized. The qualitative analysis is intended to provide an additional means for addressing the 
effect  of  unrealistic  or  unsustainable  short-term  valuations  or  trends,  resulting  in  return  levels  and  behavior  we 
believe  are  more  likely  to  prevail  over  long  periods.  Effective  in  2023,  we  changed  the  expected  return  on  plan 
assets of the U.S. pension plans from 7.40% to 4.81% due to modifications to the investment strategy in order to 
reflect expected return assumptions based on recent capital market movements.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans was $274.9 million and 
$356.3  million  for  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  All  of  the  pension  plans  had  accumulated  benefit  obligations  in 
excess of their respective plan assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, with the exception of one foreign plan 
that  had  plan  assets  of  $1.0  million  and  $0.8  million  in  excess  of  the  accumulated  benefit  obligation  as  of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Our investment objective is to achieve an enhanced long-term rate of return on plan assets, subject to a prudent 
level of portfolio risk, for the purpose of enhancing the availability of benefits for participants. These investments are 
comprised of fixed income mutual funds. Our target allocation percentage is 100% fixed-income securities. Fixed-
income funds are held for diversification relative to equities and as a partial hedge of interest rate risk with respect 
to  plan  liabilities.  The  plans  may  also  hold  cash  to  meet  liquidity  requirements.  Actual  performance  may  not  be 
consistent with the respective investment strategies. Investment risks and returns are measured and monitored on 
an ongoing basis through annual liability measurements and investment portfolio reviews to determine whether the 
asset allocation targets continue to represent an appropriate balance of expected risk and reward.

The following table provides the fair values of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2023 by asset category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Fixed income securities:

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$ 

909  $ 

909  $ 

—  $ 

4,424 

4,424 

— 

— 

— 

  72,037 

317 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

12,795 

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Absolute return credit fund (i)

Other types of investments:

  193,674 

1,357 

  72,037 

317 

Contract with insurance company (k)

  12,795 

193,674 

1,357 

— 

— 

— 

Total investments at fair value

$ 285,513  $ 

200,364  $  72,354  $ 

12,795 

Total

$ 285,513 

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  provides  the  fair  values  of  the  pension  plan  assets  at  December  31,  2022  by  asset 

category:

Asset Category (a)

Cash

Money market funds

Equity securities:

Managed volatility (b)

U.S. small/mid-cap equity (c)

World equity (excluding U.S.) (d)

Fixed income securities:

Intermediate duration fund (e)

Long duration bond fund (f)

Corporate bond fund (g)

Emerging markets debt fund (h)
Corporate, government and foreign bonds

Absolute return credit fund (i)

Asset backed – home loans

Other types of investments:

Structured credit (j)

Contract with insurance company (k)

Fair Value Measurements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$ 

769  $ 

769  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
  58,572 

427 

153 

13 

13 

  46,721 

6,054 

  28,159 

  105,865 

  87,018 

6,092 

6,284 
  58,572 

427 

153 

29 

  11,114 

46,721 

6,054 

28,159 

105,865 

87,018 

6,092 

6,284 
— 

— 

— 

29 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

11,114 

Total investments at fair value

$ 357,270  $ 

287,004  $  59,152  $ 

11,114 

Total

$ 357,270 

(a)

Information  on  asset  categories  described  in  notes  (b)-(l)  is  derived  from  prospectuses  and  other  material  provided  by 
the respective funds comprising the respective asset categories.

(b) This  category  comprises  mutual  funds  that  invest  in  securities  of  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  companies  of  all  capitalization 

ranges that exhibit relatively low volatility.

(c) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small and mid-
sized  companies.  The  fund  invests  in  common  stocks  or  exchange  traded  funds  holding  common  stock  of  U.S. 
companies with market capitalizations in the range of companies in the Russell 2500 Index.

(d) This  category  comprises  a  mutual  fund  that  invests  at  least  80%  of  its  net  assets  in  equity  securities  of  foreign 
companies. These securities may include common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, exchange traded funds based on 
an international equity index, derivative instruments whose value is based on an international equity index and derivative 
instruments whose value is based on an underlying equity security or a basket of equity securities. The fund invests in 
securities of foreign issuers located in developed and emerging market countries. However, the fund will not invest more 
than 35% of its assets in the common stocks or other equity securities of issuers located in emerging market countries.
(e) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics similar 
to  fixed  income  securities.  The  fund  invests  in  investment  grade  fixed  income  instruments,  including  U.S.  and  foreign 
corporate obligations, fixed income securities issued by sovereigns or agencies in both developed and emerging foreign 
markets, debt obligations issued by governments or other municipalities, and securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. 
Government and its agencies. The fund will seek to maintain an effective average duration between three and ten years, 
and  uses  derivative  instruments,  including  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  credit  default  swaps,  for  the  purpose  of 
managing the overall duration and yield curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.

(f) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests in instruments or derivatives having economic characteristics similar 
to fixed income securities. The fund invests in investment grade fixed income instruments, including securities issued or 
guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  Government  and  its  agencies  and  instrumentalities,  corporate  bonds,  asset-backed  securities, 
exchange  traded  funds,  mortgage-backed  securities  and  collateralized  mortgage-backed  securities.  The  fund  invests 
primarily in long duration government and corporate fixed income securities, and uses derivative instruments, including 
interest rate swap agreements and Treasury futures contracts, for the purpose of managing the overall duration and yield 
curve exposure of the Fund’s portfolio of fixed income securities.

(g) This category comprises funds that invest primarily in higher-yielding fixed income securities, including corporate bonds 

and debentures, convertible and preferred securities and zero coupon obligations.

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h) This category comprises a mutual fund that invests at least 80% of its net assets in fixed income securities of emerging 
market  issuers,  primarily  in  U.S.  dollar-denominated  debt  of  foreign  governments,  government-related  and  corporate 
issuers in emerging market countries and entities organized to restructure the debt of those issuers.

(i) This  category  comprises  a  mutual  fund  that  invests  primarily  in  investment  grade  bonds  and  similar  fixed  income  and 

floating rate securities.

(j) This  category  comprises  a  fund  that  invests  primarily  in  collateralized  debt  obligations  and  other  structured  credit 
vehicles  and  may  include  fixed  income  securities,  loan  participations,  credit-linked  notes,  medium-term  notes,  pooled 
investment vehicles and derivative instruments. 

(k) This category comprises the asset established out of an agreement to purchase a bulk-annuity policy from an insurer to 
fully cover the liabilities for members of the pension plan. The asset value is based on the fair value of the contract as 
determined by the insurance company using inputs that are not observable.

Our contributions to U.S. and foreign pension plans during 2024 are expected to be approximately $1.4 million. 

Contributions to postretirement healthcare plans during 2024 are expected to be approximately $1.4 million.

The following table provides information about the expected benefit payments under its U.S. and foreign plans 

for each of the five succeeding years and the aggregate of the five years thereafter: 

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Years 2029 — 2033

Pension

Other Benefits

$ 

23,044  $ 

21,870 

21,751 

21,346 

21,066 

99,009 

1,360 

1,346 

990 

728 

673 

2,761 

We maintain a number of defined contribution savings plans covering eligible U.S. and non-U.S. employees. We 
partially  match  employee  contributions.  Costs  related  to  these  plans  were  $26.1  million,  $24.3  million  and  $23.2 
million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Note 17 — Commitments and contingent liabilities 

Environmental:  We  are  subject  to  contingencies  as  a  result  of  environmental  laws  and  regulations  that  in  the 
future may require us to take further action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices or 
releases  of  chemical  or  petroleum  substances  by  us  or  other  parties.  Much  of  this  liability  results  from  the  U.S. 
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, often referred to as Superfund, the U.S. 
Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  and  similar  state  laws.  These  laws  require  us  to  undertake  certain 
investigative  and  remedial  activities  at  sites  where  we  conduct  or  once  conducted  operations  or  at  sites  where 
Company-generated waste was disposed.

Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site. The nature of these activities, and 
their  associated  costs,  depend  on  the  mix  of  unique  site  characteristics,  evolving  remediation  technologies,  the 
regulatory agencies involved and their enforcement policies, as well as the presence or absence of other potentially 
responsible parties. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, we have recorded $2.5 million in accrued liabilities and $3.8 
million and $3.2 million, respectively in other liabilities relating to these matters. Considerable uncertainty exists with 
respect to these liabilities, and if adverse changes in circumstances occur, potential liability may exceed the amount 
accrued as of December 31, 2023. The time frame over which the accrued amounts may be paid out, based on past 
history, is estimated to be 10-15 years.

Legal matters: We are a party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business. These 
lawsuits and claims include actions involving product liability, intellectual property, employment, environmental and 
other  matters. As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  have  recorded  accrued  liabilities  of  $0.8  million  and  $0.5 
million,  respectively,  in  connection  with  such  contingencies,  representing  our  best  estimate  of  the  cost  within  the 
range of estimated possible losses that will be incurred to resolve these matters. 

Other:  In  2015,  the  Italian  parliament  enacted  legislation  that,  among  other  things,  imposed  a  “payback” 
measure on medical device companies that supply goods and services to the Italian National Healthcare System. 
Under  the  measure,  companies  are  required  to  make  payments  to  the  Italian  government  if  medical  device 
expenditures in a given year exceed regional expenditure ceilings established for that year. The payment amounts 
are calculated based on the amount by which the regional ceilings for the given year were exceeded. Considerable 

F-39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
uncertainty  exists  related  to  the  enforceability  of  and  implementation  process  for  the  payback  law.  In  response  to 
decrees  issued  by  the  Italian  Ministry  of  Health,  the  various  Italian  regions  issued  invoices  to  medical  device 
companies,  including  Teleflex,  under  the  payback  measure  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2022  seeking  payment  with 
respect  to  excess  expenditures  for  the  years  2015  through  2018.  Following  the  issuance  of  the  invoices,  we  and 
numerous  other  medical  device  companies  filed  appeals  with  the  Italian  administrative  courts  challenging  the 
enforceability of the payback measure, which appeals remain pending. As of December 31, 2023, our reserve for 
this matter is $14.5 million, of which, $3.2 million was recorded as a reduction of revenue for 2023. If the payback 
was  to  ultimately  be  enforced  in  its  existing  form,  we  estimate  that  we  would  be  required  to  remit  payments  in 
excess of our current reserve of up to $22.9 million.

On  April  4,  2023,  one  of  our  Mexican  subsidiaries  received  a  notification  from  the  Mexican  Federal  Tax 
Administration Service (“SAT”) setting forth its preliminary findings with respect to a foreign trade operations audit 
carried out by SAT for the period from July 1, 2017 to June 6, 2019. The preliminary findings stated that our Mexican 
subsidiary  did  not  evidence  the  export  of  goods  temporarily  imported  under  Mexico’s  Manufacturing,  Maquila  and 
Export Services Industries Program (“IMMEX Program”), therefore triggering the potential obligation for payment of 
import  duties,  value  added  tax,  customs  processing  fees  and  other  fines  and  penalties,  which  may  cause  an 
adverse  impact  on  our  gross  profit  in  the  future.  In  response  to  the  notification,  our  Mexican  subsidiary  has 
requested that the matter be referred to the Procuraduría de la Defensa del Contribuyente, or “PRODECON,” (local 
tax  ombudsperson)  to  help  facilitate  the  process.  In  June  2023,  SAT  was  provided  with  the  appropriate 
documentation evidencing the export of the goods in accordance with the requirements of the IMMEX Program.

While we cannot predict with certainty the outcome of this audit, based on currently known information, we do 
not  believe  a  loss  is  either  probable  or  estimable.  Accordingly,  no  loss  contingency  has  been  recorded  in  our 
financial statements as of December 31, 2023 related to this matter. However, if the final resolution of the matter is 
not  favorable  to  us,  our  Mexican  subsidiary  may  be  required  to  make  payment  of  certain  import  duties,  fines  and 
surcharges, which could be material.

As  part  of  our  acquisition  of  Palette,  we  identified  certain  foreign  tax  liabilities  that  had  not  been  properly 
recognized and paid by Palette prior to our acquisition. As part of our acquisition accounting, we have established a 
liability  of  $3.5  million,  representing  our  best  estimate  of  the  outstanding  tax  liabilities  including  interest  as  of 
December 31, 2023. Subsequent to year end we requested the relevant foreign tax authority to re-assess Palette’s 
previously  filed  tax  returns  for  the  related  periods.  If  the  tax  authority  disagrees  with  the  basis  for  our  request  for 
reassessment of the previously filed returns and we are unsuccessful in defending our position, we may be required 
to pay an amount in excess of our current established liability, which could be material. 

Note 18 — Business segments and other information 

An operating segment is a component (a) that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues 
and  incur  expenses,  (b)  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  to 
make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance, and (c) for which 
discrete  financial  information  is  available.  We  do  not  evaluate  our  operating  segments  using  discrete  asset 
information. 

We have four reportable segments: Americas, EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa), Asia (Asia Pacific) 

and OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer and Development Services). 

Our  reportable  segments,  other  than  the  OEM  segment,  design,  manufacture  and  distribute  medical  devices 
primarily  used  in  critical  care  and  surgical  applications  and  generally  serve  two  end-markets:  hospitals  and 
healthcare  providers,  and  home  health.  The  products  of  these  segments  are  most  widely  used  in  the  acute  care 
setting for a range of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and in general and specialty surgical applications. The 
for  other  medical  device 
OEM  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  supplies  devices  and 
manufacturers. 

instruments 

F-40

The following tables present our segment results for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Net revenues

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Total segment operating profit (1)

Unallocated expenses (2)

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$  1,715,331  $  1,653,724  $  1,659,309 

586,245 

346,905 

326,008 

558,373 

306,320 

272,624 

606,807 

297,766 

245,681 

$  2,974,489  $  2,791,041  $  2,809,563 

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

453,062  $ 

452,030  $ 

424,225 

52,190 

90,095 

86,206 

42,465 

82,786 

65,379 

94,865 

84,648 

56,210 

681,553 

642,660 

659,948 

(175,240)   

(142,935)   

(31,853) 

Income from continuing operations before interest, loss on 

extinguishment of debt and taxes

$ 

506,313  $ 

499,725  $ 

628,095 

(1)  Segment operating profit includes segment net revenues from external customers reduced by its standard cost of goods 
sold, adjusted for fixed manufacturing cost absorption variances, selling, general and administrative expenses, research 
and  development  expenses  and  an  allocation  of  corporate  expenses.  Commencing  on  January  1,  2022,  all  corporate 
expenses are allocated amongst the segments in proportion to the respective amounts of net revenues. The change in 
the  measure  of  segment  operating  profit  does  not  impact  period  over  period  comparability  because  the  change  was 
immaterial.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  corporate  expenses  were  allocated  among  the  segments  in 
proportion to the respective amounts of one of several items (such as sales, numbers of employees, and amount of time 
spent), depending on the category of expense involved. 

(2)  Unallocated  expenses  primarily  include  manufacturing  variances  other  than  fixed  manufacturing  cost  absorption 
variances, restructuring and impairment charges, gain on sale of business and settlement charges related to our plan to 
terminate the TRIP, as described in Note 16.

Americas

EMEA

Asia

OEM

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$ 

169,059  $ 

162,898  $ 

164,102 

43,669 

11,328 

18,062 

39,957 

10,107 

17,628 

45,022 

11,140 

17,098 

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$ 

242,118  $ 

230,590  $ 

237,362 

Geographic data

The following tables provide total net revenues and total net property, plant and equipment by geographic region 

for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 and as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Net revenues (based on selling location):

U.S.

Europe

Asia Pacific

All other

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

2021

$  1,879,898  $  1,786,467  $  1,769,488 

665,185 

307,513 

121,893 

622,343 

270,749 

111,482 

665,000 

263,022 

112,053 

$  2,974,489  $  2,791,041  $  2,809,563 

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net property, plant and equipment:

U.S.

Malaysia

Mexico

All other

As of December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

200,969  $ 

193,618 

71,947 

112,339 

94,658 

73,441 

82,334 

97,812 

$ 

479,913  $ 

447,205 

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
TELEFLEX INCORPORATED
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions 
(reversals) 
Charged to
Income

Accounts
Receivable
Write-offs

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of
Year

$ 

8,562  $ 

1,893  $ 

(1,604)  $ 

$  10,799  $ 

(786)  $ 

(1,750)  $ 

605  $ 

299  $ 

9,456 

8,562 

$  12,875  $ 

1,542  $ 

(3,001)  $ 

(617)  $  10,799 

DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE

Balance at
Beginning of
 Year

Additions
Charged to
Expense

Reductions
Credited to
Expense

Translation
and Other

Balance at
End of Year

$  91,531  $ 

4,799  $ 

(4,937)  $ 

4,354  $  95,747 

$  143,177  $ 

8,489  $  (59,520)  $ 

(615)  $  91,531 

$  155,008  $ 

7,770  $  (15,384)  $ 

(4,217)  $  143,177 

52

Teleflex Incorporated

Non-Gaap Reconciliations

Adjusted Earnings Per Share Reconciliation
(dollars in millions, except per share)

Adjusted INCOME Reconciliation

2020

2021

2022

2023

Amounts attributable to common shareholders: 
income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

Restructuring, restructuring related and impairment items

Acquisition, integration and divestiture related items

ERP implementation

Other items

Pension termination costs

Legal entity rationalization

MDR

Intangible amortization expense, net of tax

Tax Adjustment, net of tax

Adjusted income from continuing operations, net of tax 
Adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

335.8 
7.10

62.3 
1.32

(28.0) 
(0.59)

0.0 
0.00

0.8 
0.02

0.0 
0.00

0.0 
0.00

11.3 
0.24

134.3 
2.84

(12.0) 
(0.25)

504.5 
10.67

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

485.1 
10.23

48.7 
1.03

(61.1) 
(1.29)

0.0 
0.00

2.3 
0.04

0.0 
0.00

0.0 
0.00

22.9 
0.48

140.2 
2.96

(5.9) 
(0.12)

632.2 
13.33

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

362.9 
7.67

56.2 
1.19

(0.5) 
(0.01)

0.0 
0.00

0.8 
0.02

0.0 
0.00

0.0 
0.00

39.8 
0.84

157.2 
3.32

1.4 
0.03

617.8 
13.06

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

$ 
$

357.6 
7.56

36.3 
0.77

(19.3) 
(0.41)

2.0 
0.04

0.0 
0.00

35.1 
0.74

31.5 
0.67

28.4 
0.60

163.7 
3.46

4.4 
0.09

639.7 
13.52

Note: GAAP results represent amounts per Form 10K for the year referenced.

This page intentionally left blank. 

Board of Directors 
Listed in Order of Tenure
Stephen K. Klasko, M.D.2
Retired President and Chief 
Executive Officer 
Thomas Jefferson University 
and Jefferson Health 
Lead Director of the Board  
and Nominating and 
Governance Committee Chair
Stuart A. Randle1, 2
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Ivenix, Inc. 
Compensation Committee Chair
Candace H. Duncan3
Retired Managing Partner 
KPMG LLP 
Audit Committee Chair
Gretchen R. Haggerty3
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
United States Steel Corp.
Andrew A. Krakauer1
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Cantel Medical Corp.

Liam Kelly
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Teleflex Incorporated
John C. Heinmiller3
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
St. Jude Medical
Neena M. Patil2
Chief Legal Officer and  
Executive Vice President  
Legal and Corporate Affairs 
Jazz Pharmaceuticals plc
Jaewon Ryu, M.D.1
President and Chief  
Executive Officer, Geisinger

Board Committees
1 Compensation
2 Nominating and Governance
3 Audit

Senior Leadership 
Liam Kelly
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Thomas E. Powell
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Petro Barchuk
Vice President, 
Financial Planning and Analysis

Karen Boylan
Corporate Vice President, 
Global Strategic Projects

Howard Cyr
Corporate Vice President and 
Chief Compliance Officer

Dominik Reterski
Corporate Vice President, Quality 
Assurance/Regulatory Affairs

John Deren
Corporate Vice President and 
Chief Accounting Officer
Michael DiGiuseppe
President, Latin America  
and Americas Commercial 
Operations Group

Timothy Duffy
Vice President and  
Chief Information Officer

James Ferguson
President and General  
Manager, Surgical

Kevin Robinson
President and General 
Manager, Anesthesia and 
Emergency Medicine

Greg Stotts
President and  
General Manager, OEM

Matt Tomkin
Corporate Vice President,  
Corporate Development 

Jay White
Corporate Vice President and 
President, Global Commercial

Michelle Fox
Corporate Vice President and 
Chief Medical Officer

James Winters
Corporate Vice President, 
Manufacturing and Supply Chain 

Roger Graham
President and General Manager, 
Interventional 

Kevin Hardage
President and General Manager, 
Interventional Urology 

Marie Hendrixson
Vice President, Internal Audit

Cameron Hicks
Corporate Vice President  
and Chief Human  
Resources Officer

Matthew Howald
Vice President, Treasurer

Matthew James
President, EMEA 
and Global Urology

Lawrence Keusch
Vice President of Investor 
Relations and Strategy 
Development 

Michael Kryukov
Vice President, Global Tax

Lisa Kudlacz
President and General  
Manager, Vascular

Bert Lane
Vice President, 
Global Logistics and Distribution

Daniel V. Logue
Corporate Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Praneet Mehrotra
President, APAC

Jake Newman
President, The Americas

Daniel Price
Corporate Vice President, 
Commercial Finance

Investor Information
Teleflex Incorporated 
550 East Swedesford Road 
Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

Investor Information
Market and ownership 
of common stock: 
New York Stock Exchange 
Trading symbol: TFX

Investor Relations
Investors, analysts, and others 
seeking information about the 
company should contact:
 Lawrence Keusch 
Teleflex Incorporated 
lawrence.keusch@teleflex.com 
www.teleflex.com

A copy of the Annual Report  
as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on Form 
10-K, interim reports on Form 
10-Q, and current reports on  
Form 8-K can be accessed  
on the Investor page of the 
company’s website or can  
be mailed upon request.

Transfer Agent  
and Registrar
Questions concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, 
dividends, duplicate mailings, 
change of address, or other 
stockholder matters should be 
addressed to:

 Equiniti Trust Company, LLC 
48 Wall Street, Floor 23 
New York, NY 10005 
(800) 937-5449 (toll free)

Dividend Reinvestment
Teleflex Incorporated offers a 
dividend reinvestment and direct 
stock purchase and sale plan.  
For enrollment information,  
please contact Equiniti Trust 
Company, LLC, Dividend 
Reinvestment Department, 
1-877-842-1572 (toll free).

Code of Ethics and
Business Guidelines
All Teleflex businesses around 
the world share a common Code  
of Ethics, which guides the way  
we conduct business. The Code  
is available on the Teleflex website  
at www.teleflex.com.

Certifications
The certifications by the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer of Teleflex 
Incorporated required under Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002 have been filed as exhibits to 
Teleflex Incorporated’s 2022 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. In addition,  
in May 2023, the Chief Executive 
Officer of Teleflex Incorporated 
certified to the New York Stock 
Exchange (“NYSE”) that he is not 
aware of any violation by the 
Company of NYSE corporate 
governance listing standards, as 
required by Section 303A.12(a) of the 
NYSE Corporate Governance Rules.

Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Forward-Looking 
Statements
In accordance with the safe 
harbor provisions of the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act  
of 1995, the company notes that  
certain statements contained in 
this report are forward-looking  
in nature. These forward-looking 
statements include matters such 
as business strategies, market 
potential, product deployment, 
future financial performance, and 
other future-oriented matters. 
Such matters inherently involve 
many risks and uncertainties.  
For additional information, please 
refer to the company’s Securities 
and Exchange Commission filings 
and the Form 10-K included in  
the Annual Report.

Teleflex, the Teleflex logo, Arrow, Barrigel, Deknatel, EPIC Medtec, LMA, MANTA, 
NaviCurve, OnControl, Pilling, QuikClot, Rüsch, TipTracker, UroLift, VPS Rhythm, 
Wattson, and Weck, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Teleflex  
Incorporated or its affiliates, in the U.S. and/or other countries.
© 2024 Teleflex Incorporated. All rights reserved. 

 
 
Corporate Headquarters 

550 E. Swedesford Road, Suite 400, Wayne, PA 19087 

 610.225.6800   |   www.teleflex.com

t

r

o

p

e

R

l

a

u

n

n

A

3

2

0

2

|

x

e

l

f

e

l

e

T